F2008L04371

I, WILLIAM BRUCE BYRON, Director of Aviation Safety, on behalf of CASA, make this instrument under regulation 5.
59, subregulation 5.215 (4), and regulation 5.216 of the Civil Aviation Regulations 1988.
[Signed Bruce Byron] Bruce Byron Director of Aviation Safety and Chief Executive Officer 19 December 2008 Civil Aviation Order 40.1.8 Instrument 2008 1 Name of instrument This instrument is the Civil Aviation Order 40.1.8 Instrument 2008. 2 Commencement This instrument commences on the day after it is registered. 3 Civil Aviation Order 40.1.8 Schedule 1 makes Civil Aviation Order 40.1.8.
Schedule 1
Civil Aviation Order 40.1.8
Requirements for MP(A)L training courses 1 Scope This Order does the following: (a) specifies the requirements for a MP(A)L training course; (b) sets the separate examination parts for a MP(A)L theory examination; (c) sets the pass mark for a MP(A)L theory examination or examination part; (d) specifies the requirements for a MP(A)L theory examination or examination part; (e) specifies the criteria for eligibility to attempt a MP(A)L flight test; (f) specifies the requirements for a MP(A)L flight test;
Page 1 of 283 pages

Federal Register of Legislative Instruments F2008L04371
(g) states a condition of approval of a training course.

Note To qualify for a MP(A)L licence, a person must also meet other requirements under Division 19 in Part 5 of CAR 1988.
Definitions In this Order: CAAP means Civil Aviation Advisory Publication. CAO means Civil Aviation Order. CAR 1988 means the Civil Aviation Regulations 1988. CASR 1998 means the Civil Aviation Safety Regulations 1998. employed means engaged under a contract of service or a contract for services.
Note An employed person could be an employee as such, or a contractor.
head of training means the person, however described, who is: (a) employed by a training organisation; and (b) responsible for the conduct of MP(A)L training courses for the training organisation; and (c) approved by CASA.
Note For example, in a training organisation that is a flying school, the head of training might be the chief flying instructor. In a training organisation that is a training and checking organisation, the head of training might be the person with overall responsibility for training.
instructor means a person who: (a) is employed by a training organisation to do any of the following for a stage of a training course: (i) give instruction in an aeroplane or in a synthetic flight trainer; (ii) make recommendations; (iii) conduct flight assessments; and (b) is qualified and authorised as follows: (i) in accordance with CAR 1988, to give instruction in an aeroplane; or (ii) in accordance with the statement in the training and assessment plan of the minimum qualifications and experience required to give instruction in a synthetic flight trainer.
Note CAAP 5.216, Multi-Crew Pilot (Aeroplane) Licence, contains guidance on the minimum qualifications and experience for instructors that CASA expects to find reflected in a training and assessment plan for a training course to be approved.
METPA means a multi-engine turbine-powered aeroplane certificated for operation with a minimum crew of at least 2 pilots. MP(A)L flight test or flight test means the flight test mentioned in paragraph 5.207 (1) (e) of CAR 1988. MP(A)L theory examination or theory examination means the examination comprising all of the examination parts mentioned in clause 1 of Appendix 2.
Page 2 of 283 pages

MP(A)L theory examination part or examination part means 1 of the examination parts listed in clause 1 of Appendix 2. MP(A)L training course or training course means a course for the training of multi-crew (aeroplane) pilots conducted by a training organisation. MP(A)L means a multi-crew pilot (aeroplane) licence. stage means the core stage, basic stage, intermediate stage or advanced stage into which a training and assessment plan divides a training course. student means a person undertaking a MP(A)L training course with a training organisation. training organisation means a person approved by CASA to conduct MP(A)L training courses. 3 Requirements for MP(A)L training course The requirements for a MP(A)L training course are specified in Appendix 1. 4 MP(A)L theory examinations, pass marks and requirements The following are set or specified in Appendix 2: (a) the separate examination parts for the MP(A)L theory examination (the examination); (b) the pass mark for the examination and examination parts; (c) the requirements for the examination and examination parts. 5 Eligibility to take MP(A)L flight test The criteria for eligibility to attempt a MP(A)L flight test are specified in Appendix 3. 6 MP(A)L flight test The requirements for a MP(A)L flight test are specified in Appendix 4.
Page 3 of 283 pages

Appendix 1 Requirements for MP(A)L training course 1 Aptitude testing A student may commence a training course only if he or she is first assessed by a training organisation to have the aeronautical aptitude to complete the course. 2 2.1 Course delivery under stages of training and assessment plan A MP(A)L training course must be delivered in accordance with an approved training and assessment plan.
Note Civil Aviation Advisory Publication (CAAP) 5.216, Multi-Crew Pilot (Aeroplane) Licence, contains guidance on obtaining approval of a training and assessment plan.
2.2
The plan must divide the training course into the following stages which must be completed by a student in the following order: (a) core; (b) basic; (c) intermediate; (d) advanced.
2.3
The plan must: (a) provide for an assessment of each students competency at the end of each stage; and (b) require each student to achieve competency and pass a flight assessment for a stage before progressing to the next stage.
Compliance with the training and assessment plan A student may only attempt a MP(A)L flight test if he or she has completed all stages of the training and assessment plan, other than the take-offs and landings mentioned in clause 13.
4 4.1
Training and assessment plan content The training and assessment plan must include the following: (a) the aeronautical knowledge syllabus set out in Appendix 5; (b) the competency standards set out in Appendix 6; (c) the elements and units of competency to be achieved in each stage as specified in the achievement records set out in Appendix 7; (d) the flight assessments specified in Appendix 8; (e) a statement of the minimum qualifications and experience the training organisation requires of: (i) the head of training; and (ii) each person who, for a stage, gives instruction or particular instruction, makes recommendations or conducts flight assessments;
Page 4 of 283 pages

(f) a statement specifying the aircraft and synthetic flight trainers to be used for each stage.
Note CAAP 5.216, Multi-Crew Pilot (Aeroplane) Licence, contains guidance on the minimum qualifications and experience of personnel, and the minimum requirements for aircraft and synthetic flight trainers, that CASA expects to find reflected in a training and assessment plan for a training course to be approved.
4.2 4.3
The plan must show the integration of aeronautical knowledge training with flight competency training and flight assessments. For subclause 4.2, the plan must identify integration milestones that must be achieved by a student before he or she may progress further with each stage of the training course. The plan must identify critical milestones that must be achieved by a student before he or she may progress further with the training course. The plan must be based on continuous assessment of each student throughout the training course. Each student must be given a copy of the plan before commencing the training course. Critical milestones
4.4 4.5 4.6 5 5.1 5.2
Each MP(A)L theory examination part is a critical milestone. Under the training and assessment plan, a student may only attempt a MP(A)L theory examination part after completion of the part of the training course that trains the student for the examination. Under the plan, a student may only attempt the ATP(A)L and IREX examination parts during the intermediate stage of the training course. Continuing competency Under the training and assessment plan, a student may continue in a stage of a training course only if he or she continues to demonstrate, in a reasonably consistent way, sufficient aeronautical knowledge and flight competency to safely operate and fly aircraft for the stage.
5.3 6
7 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4
Competency progress recorded in achievement records A training organisation must assess whether a student has achieved competency in each element of each unit of each stage of the training course. Each element of each unit of each stage of the training course is shown in the achievement records set out in Appendix 7. For subclause 7.1, the training organisation must use achievement records identical to those in Appendix 7. For each element of each unit of each stage of the training course, a students achievement records must show the following: (a) an instructors certification that the student has achieved at least the standard of competency for the element;
Page 5 of 283 pages

(b) if subclause 7.9 applies the standard of each higher stage that was achieved; (c) the students certification of completion of the relevant training for the element. 7.5 7.6 7.7 The standard of competency a student must achieve for an element of a unit of a stage is the standard specified in Appendix 6 for the element. A student may not progress to a new stage of training from a preceding stage until subclause 7.4 has been complied with in respect of the preceding stage. A student may not be recommended for a flight assessment until subclause 7.4 has been complied with in respect of the stage at the end of which the flight assessment occurs. A student may not be recommended for a flight test until subclause 7.4 has been complied with in respect of the advanced stage. If, for an element of a stage, a student achieves a standard of competency at least equivalent to the standard for that element at a subsequent stage, the element may also be certified in the achievement records of the element for the subsequent stage. For subclause 7.9, formal certification of an element at a subsequent stage may not be made until each element of the current stage has been assessed and competency certified. Flight assessment 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 A training organisation must conduct a flight assessment on each student at the end of each stage of the training course. The flight assessment must assess whether a student has achieved flight competency for the stage. For subclause 8.2, the training organisation must use flight assessment records identical to those in Appendix 8. For subclause 8.2, a student achieves flight competency for a stage if he or she demonstrates for the relevant elements in the flight assessment records in Appendix 8 at least the standard specified in Appendix 6 for the comparable elements. A student may only progress to a new stage if he or she passes the flight assessment for the preceding stage. Eligibility for flight assessment 9.1 A student may not undergo a flight assessment unless he or she has: (a) demonstrated the level of aeronautical knowledge required for the stage in accordance with the training and assessment plan; and (b) demonstrated competency in each element of each unit of each stage of the training course up to the time of the flight assessment; and (c) received training appropriate to the stage in which the flight assessment occurs; and
7.8 7.9
7.10
8.5 9
Page 6 of 283 pages

(d) accumulated at least the minimum aeronautical experience required for the stage in accordance with the plan; and (e) been recommended for the flight assessment by an instructor.
Note It is recommended that at the time of each flight assessment, the student and the training organisation also evaluate the efficacy of the training and identify any shortcomings or discrepancies in the course. A student or the training organisation may refer to CASA, in writing, any deficiencies identified in the training or the course.
9.2
Before conducting a flight assessment for a stage, the instructor must first be satisfied from the students records including the achievement records that all relevant knowledge, competency and course attendance certifications of each preceding stage have been made. Conduct of flight assessments A flight assessment must be conducted by an instructor. The flight assessment must assess the students flight competency for the stage for which the assessment is conducted. A student passes a flight assessment if he or she demonstrates to an instructor, competency at least equivalent to that mentioned in subclause 8.4. If a student passes a flight assessment, the instructor must, as soon as practicable after the assessment, give the student and the training organisation each a flight assessment report (successful). Not passing a flight assessment A student fails a flight assessment if subclause 10.3 is not complied with. If a student fails a flight assessment, the instructor must, as soon as practicable, give the student and the training organisation each a flight assessment report (unsuccessful) specifying the following: (a) that the student has failed the flight assessment; (b) where flight competency has not been demonstrated; (c) what further training is required to pass the flight assessment.
10 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4
11 11.1 11.2
12 12.1
Repeating a flight assessment A student may repeat a flight assessment only if: (a) a training organisation prepares the student for the flight assessment in accordance with a flight assessment retraining plan based on the flight assessment report (unsuccessful); and (b) an instructor certifies that the flight assessment retraining has been completed; and (c) the instructor recommends in writing to the head of training that the student is ready to repeat the flight assessment.
12.2
Before conducting a repeat flight assessment, the instructor must review the flight assessment retraining plan, the certificate and the recommendation and attach them to the flight assessment report produced after the assessment.
Page 7 of 283 pages

13 13.1
Post-flight test take-offs and landings Unless CASA agrees otherwise in writing for subregulation 5.214 (8) of CAR 1988, a training course must provide for a student, who has successfully completed a flight test, to complete at least 12 take-offs and landings in the METPA type in which the student is expected to obtain his or her initial operational experience with the MP(A)L when it is issued. The student performing the take-offs and landings mentioned in subclause 13.1, must demonstrate, to the satisfaction of a flight testing officer, competency to the standard specified for take-offs and landings in Appendix 6. For subclause 13.2, flight testing officer has the same meaning as in clause 2 of Appendix 4. Student records The following must form part of each students records: (a) documents showing the extent to which the student has satisfied the continuous assessment activities (including attendance) contained in the training and assessment plan; (b) documents showing whether the student has achieved the integration milestones and critical milestones in accordance with the plan; (c) the students results for each examination part; (d) the students achievement records; (e) the students flight assessment reports; (f) documents showing whether the student completed each stage of the plan; (g) a document showing that the student has successfully completed at least 12 take-offs and landings in the METPA type in which the student is expected to obtain his or her initial operational experience with the MP(A)L.
13.2
13.3 14 14.1
14.2 14.3 15 15.1 15.2
Each student record must be legible, contain relevant dates, and be signed or otherwise authenticated, and dated, by the person completing it. Student records may be in hard copy or electronic form. Feedback, evaluation and review A training course must provide for student and instructor feedback about, and evaluation of, each stage of the training course. The training course must provide that: (a) if the student or instructor so chooses the identity of the student or instructor giving feedback or evaluation is protected from disclosure to anyone except with the persons written consent or by a court order; and (b) no punitive action may be taken by the training organisation against a student or instructor who gives feedback and evaluation.
15.3
The training course must provide for the training organisation to use student and instructor feedback and evaluation in reviewing each stage of the training course (internal stage review).
Page 8 of 283 pages
15.4
Each internal stage review must include the following: (a) identification of actual and potential training deficiencies; (b) analysis of their causes; (c) corrective action to remedy them.
15.5
A training organisation must give CASA a copy of an internal stage review upon written request by a CASA officer at least equivalent to Group General Manager. Reporting to CASA It is a condition of approval of a training course that data be collected and reported to CASA in accordance with this clause. Within 30 days of the end of each stage, the training organisation must collect and give CASA the data specified in the report form in Appendix 9. The operator must ensure that, at the commencement of a training course, each student is informed in writing that the reports are made to CASA under this Order to monitor the quality and effectiveness of MP(A)L training.
Note CASA intends to monitor the implementation of MP(A)L training and MP(A)L use. The data to be collected corresponds to that mentioned in ICAO documents attached to State letter AN 12/50-07/37. See also Appendix E of CAAP 5.216, Multi-Crew Pilot (Aeroplane) Licence.
16 16.1 16.2 16.3
Page 9 of 283 pages

Appendix 2 MP(A)L theory examinations, pass marks and requirements 1 MP(A)L theory examinations The separate examination parts for a MP(A)L theory examination are as follows with the relevant abbreviation: (a) CNAV Navigation; (b) CMET Meteorology; (c) CHUF Human Factors; (d) CLW Flight Rules and Air Law Aeroplane; (e) CADA Aerodynamics Aeroplane; (f) AFPA Flight Planning Aeroplane; (g) APLA Performance and Loading-Aeroplane; (h) AASA Aerodynamics and Aircraft Systems Aeroplane; (i) ANAV Navigation Aeroplane and Helicopter; (j) AMET Meteorology Aeroplane and Helicopter; (k) AHUF Human Factors Aeroplane and Helicopter; (l) AALW Air Law Aeroplane and Helicopter; (m) IREX Instrument Rating Examination; (n) the type rating examination for the METPA on which the persons MP(A)L flight training is conducted. 2 2.1 MP(A)L theory examination pass marks For a pass in the MP(A)L theory examination, a student must pass all of the examination parts mentioned in subclause 1.1 within 3 years of passing the first examination part.
Note All examination parts are conducted by CASA.
2.2 2.3
For a pass in an examination part, a student must obtain 70% for the part. For a pass in the MP(A)L theory examination, a student must: (a) obtain a pass in each examination part; and (b) comply with subclause 2.4 for each examination part.
2.4
For each examination part, a student must: (a) inform the training organisation in a knowledge deficiency report (KDR) of each question to which the student gave a wrong answer; and (b) review with the training organisation, the syllabus topic relevant to the question; and (c) demonstrate to the head of training that there is no longer any deficiency in the students knowledge of the topic.
Page 10 of 283 pages

Appendix 3 Criteria for eligibility to take MP(A)L flight test 1 Flight test prerequisites Before attempting the MP(A)L flight test, a student of a training organisation must: (a) pass the MP(A)L theory examination; and (b) successfully complete all stages of a training course approved by CASA; and (c) satisfy all competency training and flight assessment requirements of the training course; and (d) receive training applicable to the METPA type in which he or she is expected to obtain initial operational experience with the MP(A)L; and (e) possess at least 240 hours of aeronautical experience: (i) acquired during a training course; and (ii) including no less than the hours mentioned in paragraphs 5.214 (2) (a), (b) and (c) of CAR 1988; and (f) be recommended to the head of training by an instructor as ready to attempt the flight test.

Appendix 4 MP(A)L flight test 1 1.1 Flight test content The flight test must be conducted in: (a) the METPA type in which the student is expected to obtain his or her initial operational experience with the MP(A)L; or (b) an approved flight simulator for the METPA type mentioned on paragraph (a). 1.2 1.3 1.4 The flight test must cover and assess all of the items listed on the Flight Test Form (FTF) in Appendix 10. The flight test must be conducted over 2 sessions. At least 1 of the sessions mentioned in subclause 1.3 must resemble as far as practicable a commercial airline flight of 2 or more sectors.
Note A sector is a flight which commences with take-off from an aerodrome and concludes with landing at a different aerodrome.
1.5 1.6
The flight test must have separate segments in which the student operates as pilot flying and pilot monitoring. The flight test must cover and assess the following in normal and non-normal operations: (a) co-pilot duties as pilot flying; (b) co-pilot duties as pilot monitoring; (c) instrument navigation procedures; (d) terminal instrument flight procedures.
Flight testing officers The test flight must be conducted by 1 of the following flight testing officers: (a) a CASA flight operations inspector (FOI); or (b) if CASA gives specific approval in writing for the purposes of this paragraph an approved testing officer (ATO).
3 3.1
Passing the flight test A student passes the flight test if he or she demonstrates to a flight testing officer competency (flight test competency): (a) in each unit and element of competency specified in the FTF; and (b) to the standard specified for the unit or element in the FTF. 3.2 If a student passes the flight test the flight testing officer must, as soon as practicable after the test, give CASA, the training organisation and the student a flight test report (successful).

4 4.1 4.2
Not passing the flight test A student fails the flight test if he or she does not demonstrate flight test competency. If a student fails the flight test, the flight testing officer must, as soon as practicable after the test, give the student and the training organisation each a flight test report (unsuccessful) specifying the following: (a) that the student has failed the flight test; (b) where flight test competency has not been demonstrated; (c) what further training is required to pass the flight test. 4.3 The flight testing officer must, as soon as practicable after the flight test, give CASA a copy of the flight test report (unsuccessful). Repeating the flight test 5.1 A student may repeat the flight test only if: (a) a training organisation prepares the student for the flight test in accordance with a flight test retraining plan based on the flight test report (unsuccessful); and (b) an instructor certifies that the flight test retraining has been completed; and (c) the instructor recommends in writing to the head of training that the student is ready to repeat the flight test. 5.2 Before conducting a repeat flight test, the flight testing officer must review the flight test retraining plan, certificate and recommendation and attach them to the flight test report produced after the test.

Appendix 5 MP(A)L aeronautical knowledge syllabus Contents A. B. Recommended Prestudy Commercial Pilot Licence Knowledge Standards Level 1 Aircraft General Knowledge Flight Rules and Air Law Radio Telephony Aeroplane Type Knowledge Aerodynamics Navigation Operation, Performance and Flight Planning Meteorology Commercial Pilot Licence Knowledge Standards Level 2 Aircraft General Knowledge Flight Rules and Air Law Radio Telephony Aeroplane Knowledge Aerodynamics Navigation Aircraft Operation, Performance and Flight Planning Meteorology Human Factors Air Transport Pilot Licence Knowledge Standards Aircraft General Knowledge Flight Rules and Air Law Navigation Flight Planning and Performance Meteorology Human Factors Instrument Rating Knowledge Standards 14 16 16 21 24 24 27 31 32 33 35 35 40 42 43 43 47 50 55 59 67 67 86 96 103 113 125 133
C.
D.
E. A.
Recommended Prestudy
A.1A Knowledge of mathematics and physics is necessary to meet the aeronautical knowledge objectives in this syllabus. The subjects are not examined independently, but applicants below standard in mathematics and physics are advised to seek tuition until they are able to meet the laid down objectives. Failure to do so may make the aeronautical knowledge objectives difficult to achieve. A.2 For MATHEMATICS the requirement is to solve problems requiring the use of: (a) basic arithmetic; and (b) vulgar fractions; and (c) decimal fractions; and (d) percentages; and

(e) averages; and (f) squares; and (g) ratio and proportion; and (h) direct and inverse proportion; and (i) representative fractions; and (j) circular slide rule; and (k) multiplication and division; and (l) conversion problems between the following units; and (m) nautical miles, statute miles and kilometres; degrees Fahrenheit and degrees Celsius; pounds and kilograms; litres, imperial gallons and US gallons; and (n) squares and square roots; and (o) basic trigonometry; and (p) sine, cosine and tangent; and (q) simple problems involving solution of right-angled triangles. A.3 For PHYSICS the requirements are: (a) solve problems relating to time, speed (velocity) and distance; and (b) define velocity, acceleration, weight, mass, force, momentum, work, energy, power, static equilibrium, density, specific gravity and pressure; and (c) solve graphically the wind triangle; and (d) solve problems relating to the principle of moments and centre of gravity; and (e) given the specific gravity and fuel quantity, calculate fuel weight; and (f) basic electrical principles as applicable to aircraft systems; and (g) units of measurement for current, voltage, resistance, capacity, power; and (h) typical methods of electrical generation; and (i) difference between AC and DC; and (j) typical aircraft components; and (k) basic principles of hydraulics.

B. B.1 B.1.1 B.1.2 1 2 2.1
Commercial Pilot Licence Knowledge Standards Level 1 Introduction The content of this section of the MP(A)L syllabus relates to the Core and Basic stages of the MP(A)L training course. The heading and paragraph numbering in this section are used to reference knowledge deficiency reports generated by the examination system. Reserved Aircraft General Knowledge Terminology With respect to the items listed below recall the standards abbreviations used and meet the objectives stated:
2.1.1
Direction (a) recall the following methods of expressing direction: (i) as a three figure group; (ii) as a two figure group for runways; (iii) in the clock code; and (b) define heading (HDG); and (c) define True (T), Magnetic (M), and Compass (C) North; and Distance, speed and velocity (d) state the units used for distance: (i) navigation nautical miles (NM); and (ii) visibility metres (m), kilometres (km); and (e) define a knot (kt); and (f) define wind velocity (W/V).
2.1.2
Time (a) express time as a 4, 6, and 8 figure group; (b) mentally convert local time (EST, CST, WST) to UTC and vice versa.
2.1.3
Vertical measurement State the unit used (ft) for vertical measurement and differentiate between: (a) height; and (b) altitude; and (c) elevation.

2.1.4
Other units (a) state the units used for: (i) runaway dimensions; and (ii) temperature degrees Celsius (C); and (iii) pressure hectopascals (hPa), psi, Hg; and (iv) weight kilograms (kg), pounds (lb); and (v) volume litres (l), US and Imp. Gallons (gal); and (b) given W/V and runway directions determine the appropriate runway for take-off/landing: (i) the direction (left/right) of any cross wind component; and (ii) the value of crosswind component.
2.2
Power plants and systems basics

Notes Because type knowledge of power plants, systems and engine handling is more appropriate during initial training, the majority of the generic items below need only be taught after the area-solo phase. Type knowledge requirements are specified in subsection 5.
2.2.1
Demonstrate a basic understanding of the principle of operation of a four stroke cycle internal combustion engine and state the purpose of cylinders pistons piston rings inlet/exhaust valves crank shaft cam shaft spark plugs. State the purpose of the following components/features: (a) carburettor; (b) throttle; (c) magneto, dual ignition; (d) alternator; (e) battery, battery compartment vent; (f) propeller; (g) circuit breaker, fuse, bus bar; (h) impulse start; (i) oil cooler; (j) fuel tank vents.
2.2.2
2.2.3
State the purpose of the following gauges: (a) RPM (Tachometer), MAP; (b) CHT, EGT; (c) voltmeter, ammeter, loadmeter; (d) fuel pressure; (e) oil temperature and pressure.

Note Purpose means the importance in relation to monitoring the powerplant and systems.
2.2.4
State how the following affect the power output of an engine: (a) throttle lever position; (b) RPM; (c) air density.
2.2.5 2.2.6
State the purpose of engine lubrication.

Note Purpose means the reduction of friction and engine cooling.
State the purpose of mixture control and describe the effect of excessively rich and lean mixture strengths on engine operation.
Note Also see 5. Aircraft Type Knowledge.
2.2.7 2.2.8
Compare the advantages and disadvantages of a simple carburettor and a direct injection system. Fuels and oils (a) list sources of fuel contamination; and (b) state the advantage of filling tanks prior to overnight parking; and (c) explain the terms: (i) viscosity, oil sump, multi-grade oils; and (ii) octane rating; and (iii) Avgas, Avtur; and indicate how to identify Avtur and Avgas; and (d) list the potential dangers/problems of: (i) mixing hydraulic fluids; and (ii) using automobile fuel or fuel of a grade other than specified; and (e) list factors conducive to fuel vapourisation and identify statements to minimise this phenomenon. List typical services provided by a light aeroplanes: (a) hydraulic system; and (b) electrical system; and (c) ignition system; and (d) vacuum system.
2.2.9
2.3 2.3.1 2.3.2
Engine handling List the causes and effect of detonation.

Note Limited to improper use of mixture control, MP/RPM, and use of incorrect fuel octane.
On aircraft fitted with a fixed pitch propeller, describe the method of using a manual mixture control if the aircraft: (a) does not have an EGT gauge; and

(b) has an EGT gauge.

Note For initial training this topic is covered in 5.4.2, Aircraft Type Knowledge.
2.3.3
State the effect on engine operation of: (a) prolonged idling; and (b) using a mixture that is too rich or too lean.
2.3.4
Give reasons for the following limitations/actions: (a) minimum oil pressure; (b) minimum/maximum oil temperature; (c) minimum/maximum CHT; (d) maximum RPM; (e) ignition checks: pre-takeoff and shutdown; (f) prolonged use of starter motor, and use of pilot heat on the ground; (g) engine warm up on prolonged descents.
2.3.5 2.4 2.4.1
Explain the significance of blue or black exhaust smoke. Malfunctions With respect to a malfunction or a failure of the following components: (a) alternator; (b) magneto; (c) battery; (d) ignition switch; (e) fuel vent (blockage), fuel/booster pump; (f) oil cooler, cowl flaps; (g) vacuum pump; (h) hydraulic brakes; do the following: (i) identify cockpit indications which may suggest a malfunction; (j) state pilot actions (if any) to rectify the problem; (k) describe the consequences if the malfunction cannot be rectified.
2.4.2
With respect to the following engine gauges: (a) oil temperature and pressure; (b) CHT; (c) fuel pressure; (d) tachometer; (e) ammeter/loadmeter;

(f) voltmeter; do the following: (g) identify reasons for an abnormality; (h) state pilot actions (if any) to rectify a problem; (i) state the consequences if the problem cannot be rectified by the pilot. 2.5 Engine icing
Note Students should be advised that the following material is general in nature and that the operational application of engine ice prevention/control varies between individual aircraft and engines. Pilots should therefore follow procedures recommended in the pilots operating handbook.
2.5.1 2.5.2
Describe the method for checking the operation of carburettor heat prior to takeoff. State the atmospheric conditions and engine control settings conducive to the formation of: (a) throttle ice; and (b) fuel evaporation ice; and (c) impact ice in a carburettor. The student should be aware of the probability and severity of icing under different OAT, relative humidity and power conditions.
2.5.3
For aircraft fitted with a fixed pitch propeller, identify cockpit indications which would signify the presence of engine ice.
Note For initial training, this topic is covered in 5.4.2, Aircraft Type Knowledge.
2.5.4 2.5.5
State the danger of progressive throttle increments if engine icing is not diagnosed. Discuss the use of carburettor heat for: (a) anti-icing; and (b) de-icing; and (c) ground operation.
2.5.6 2.5.7 2.6 2.6.1 2.6.2
Differentiate between the use of alternate air and carburettor heat controls. State the effect of the application of carburettor heat on engine performance and engine instrument indications. Flight instruments Interpret colour codes on an ASI. From a list, identify pressure and gyroscopic (suction and electrical) instruments used in a typical light trainer.
Note Pressure instruments are the ASI, altimeter, VSI.
Gyroscopic instruments are the: DI, rate of turn, turn coordinator, flight attitude indicator (artificial horizon).

2.6.3 2.6.4
State the effect of a blockage of the pitot or static source on the indications displayed by each pressure instrument listed in 2.6.6 above. State/calculate: (a) state the effect of an incorrect subscale setting on the reading of an altimeter; and (b) calculate height error resulting from incorrect subscale settings.
2.6.5
State the effect of using an alternate static source located inside the cockpit, on the reliability of pressure instrument indications.
Note In 2.6.3 to 2.6.5 above, effect means over-reading under-reading or nil effect.
2.6.6 2.6.7 2.6.8 2.6.9 3 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2
State the effect of low suction and loss of electrical power on the reliability of the gyroscopic flight instruments. List conditions/situations which may result in toppling of gyroscopic instruments and identify conditions under which they would re-erect. State how, when and why a DI should be synchronised with the magnetic compass. Describe checks which would ensure the serviceability of a magnetic compass and the flight instruments mentioned in 2.6.2 above. Flight Rules and Air Law Documentation Introduce student to the method of maintaining a pilots log book and the purpose of flight progress records. Know the reasons for and general contents of: (a) CARs, CAOs, AIP, CAAP; and (b) ERS(A), NOTAMS, AIC.
3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.2.3 3.3 3.3.1
Pilot licences, privileges and limitations State the flight area limitations which apply to the holder of a Student Pilot Licence. State the recency requirements which apply to solo flight by a student pilot. State the privileges granted and the limitations imposed on the holder of a Student Pilot licence with passenger carrying privileges. Flight rules and conditions of flight Recall/apply the following rules/requirements: (a) rules of the air; (b) the requirements relating to the operation of aircraft on and in the vicinity of an aerodrome and the conditions relating to turns after take-off; (c) separation minima between a/c for take-off and landing at a non-controlled aerodrome;

(d) rules relating to restrictions on smoking in aircraft during take-off, landing and refuelling; (e) visual flight rules and visual meteorology conditions (aeroplanes) for operations below 10 000 ft; (f) altimetry procedures for flight below 10 000 ft. 3.3.2 State the rules relating to: (a) the use of drugs and alcohol, and recall the minimum period between alcohol consumption and flight departure; (b) temporary medical unfitness. 3.3.3 Recall the meaning of the following light signals directed at an aircraft: (a) steady Green and steady Red; (b) Green Red and White flashes. 3.3.4 Recall regulations relating to the minimum heights for flights over: (a) populated areas; and (b) other areas. 3.3.5 State the limitations imposed on: (a) acrobatic flight; and (b) flights over public gatherings. 3.3.6 3.4 3.4.1 3.4.2 Recall the requirements for landing prior to the end of daylight. Air service operations Extract the restrictions pertaining to the carriage of passengers on certain flights. Extract/apply the following regulations/rules/orders relating to the responsibilities of a pilot in command: (a) before flight: (i) requirements regarding: (A) fuels and oils; and (B) (C) fuelling of aircraft; and starting and ground operation of engines; and
(ii) appropriate passenger briefing; and (b) during flight: (i) regulations regarding the operation ad safety of the aircraft and the authority of the pilot in command; and (ii) dropping of articles from an aircraft in flight. 3.4.3 Recall the following requirements: (a) before flight: (i) the orders regarding the: (A) removal of locking devices; and
(B) (C) (E) (F)
security of doors, hatches, tank caps; and testing of flight controls; and instrument checks; and security of safety harness prior to solo flight in a dual control aircraft; and
(D) removal of frost and ice; and
(ii) fuel system inspection when and how; and (iii) carriage of passengers in a control seat; and (iv) carriage of infants and children: (b) during flight: (i) the orders regarding: (A) occupation of seats; and (B) (C) wearing of seat belts; and adjustment of seats; and
(ii) regulations regarding manipulation of aircraft controls: (A) by pilots; and (B) 3.5 3.5.1 not permitted by unauthorised persons.
Aerodromes With reference to a diagram of the aerodrome(s) used for training: (a) identify movement areas; and (b) explain the significance of taxiway, runway, and/or helipad markings.
3.5.2
Identify the following positions in a circuit: (a) downwind leg; (b) base leg; (c) crosswind leg; (d) upwind leg; (e) dead side of the circuit.
3.5.3 3.5.4
Explain the significance of a white cross on the movement area. Identify and explain the purpose of the following aerodrome markings: (a) runway markings; (b) runway threshold markings; (c) runway end markings; (d) cone and gable markers; (e) taxiway markings;

(f) holding points/bays; (g) a double white cross adjacent to a primary wind indicator; (h) a horizontal white dumbbell. 3.6 3.6.1 3.7 3.7.1 3.7.2 3.7.3 3.7.4 Airspace (Local) Reserved See Flying Training Syllabus. Emergencies and SAR Recall the intermittent use of navigation and landing lights by an aircraft to indicate. Differentiate between an accident and an incident. Extract the requirements applicable to the notification of accidents and incidents. Explain the terms: (a) SARTIME (b) INCERFA ALERFA DETRESFA. 3.7.5 4 4.1 4.1.1 4.1.2 Extract emergency procedures from ERS(A). Radio Telephony Radio Telephony Recall the phonetic alphabet and the method of transmitting numerals. Recall pertinent (local) procedures and radio phraseology for: (a) circuit flying; and (b) flights to/from the training area. 4.1.3 State the purpose of the following radio controls: (a) on/off switches; (b) frequency selector and squelch control; (c) transmit button and mute switch. 4.1.4 Differentiate between a distress and urgency message (a) give examples when each should be used; and (b) recall each prefix and extract the elements of each message from ERS(A). 4.1.5 5 Extract radio failure procedures from ERS(A). Aeroplane Type Knowledge
Note The following topics relate primarily to a basic nose-wheel training aeroplane. A person who wishes to gain a licence on a different class/type e.g., multi-engine, must meet the appropriate endorsement requirements specified.

5.1
Identification of aircraft components The student should be introduced to the training aeroplane to be used and identify the following components (as applicable to type):
5.1.1
Fuselage:
(a) entry and emergency exits; and (c) aerials, static vents, rotating beacon; and (d) inspection hatches.
5.1.2 Wings:
(a) leading and trailing edges, nav lights; and (b) ailerons, flaps, trim tabs, and associated hinges/attachments; and (c) pitot head, tie down points, stall warning; and (d) fuel caps, tanks, drains, vents, hatches.
5.1.3 Tail:
(a) elevator/stabiliser; and (b) fin, rudder, trim tabs and associated hinges.
5.1.4 Undercarriage:
Struts, wheels, brakes steering and ground handling points.

5.1.5 Engine:
(a) location; and (b) type, number of cylinders; and (c) induction system.
5.1.6 General cockpit layout:
(a) engine and flight controls; and (b) engine and flight instruments; and (c) heating and ventilation controls; and (d) main switches. 5.2 5.2.1 5.2.2 5.2.3 Emergency actions Recall the emergency actions listed in the pilots operating handbook. Recall the power plant and airspeed limitations given in the flight manual. Recall the following operating speeds: (a) lift off; (b) climb: normal best rate; (c) short take-off and landing. 5.2.4 Stall recognition and recovery relevant to type.
5.2.5
Pilot actions in the event of: (a) an aircraft fire in the air and on the ground; and (b) engine failure; and (c) after take-off; and (d) in the training area; and (e) propeller overspeed.
5.2.6 5.2.7
Engine oil specifications and quantity. The following fuel requirements/data: (a) grade used and method of identification; (b) total usable fuel.
5.3 5.3.1
Systems With reference to a pilots operating handbook, demonstrate a basic understanding of the following systems: (a) fuel, engine lubrication, hydraulic; (b) electrical, ignition; (c) undercarriage, brakes.
5.3.2
List the services provided by the: (a) battery alternator magneto; and (b) hydraulic system; and (c) lubrication system; and (d) vacuum system.
5.3.3
With reference to the systems (or components) listed in 5.3.1 and 5.3.2: (a) identify malfunctions; and (b) list pilot actions (if any); and (c) state consequences if the malfunction cannot be rectified.
5.4 5.4.1 5.4.2
Engine ice and handling State the cockpit indications that signify the presence of engine ice and state the recommended procedure to clear engine ice. State the methods used to: (a) control engine temperature; and (b) lean fuel/air mixture; and (c) control power; and (d) recall the allied cockpit gauges which provide information on the above parameters.

5.5
Take-off and landing performance

Note Background knowledge in subsections 8.2 and 8.3 of this phase should be taught prior to commencing this section. As operations during this phase are local it may be assumed that take-off weight equals landing weight.
5.5.1
Given appropriate data use the flight manual to: (a) extract take-off and landing distances required; and (b) determine maximum take-off/landing weight; and (c) adjust take-off weight to ensure that structural weight limits are not exceeded.
5.6 5.6.1 6 6.1 6.1.1
Loading Use the aeroplanes loading system to distribute load and ensure that the aeroplane will not exceed CG limits. Aerodynamics Basic theory Identify the following: (a) aerofoil, angle of attack, relative airflow; (b) centre of pressure, centre of gravity; (c) lift, weight, thrust, drag.
6.1.2
Differentiate between: (a) IAS and GS; and (b) IAS, CAS, TAS and GS.
6.2 6.2.1
Lift and drag State whether lift and drag of an aerofoil will increase or decrease with changes in: (a) airspeed; and (b) angle of attack; and (c) flap setting.
6.2.2
List the types of drag which affect a subsonic aircraft in flight.

Note Types are: (a) Parasite (zero lift) form, interference, skin friction; and (b) Induced (lift dependent).
6.2.3 6.2.4
State how Total Drag varies with airspeed. Recall typical angles of attack at which a basic low speed aerofoil: (a) generates maximum lift (16 degrees); and (b) is most efficient (best L/D: 4 degrees); and relate these angles to: (c) stall speed; and

(d) best glide speed.

Note Students should be aware that these values are representative only.
6.3 6.3.1 6.3.2 6.3.3 6.3.4 6.4 6.4.1
Flight controls Describe the primary and further effects of the elevator, rudder and aileron on an aeroplanes movement about the longitudinal, lateral and normal (vertical) axes. Describe the effect of changes in power and airspeed on pitch trim and on the effectiveness of the elevator, rudder and ailerons. Describe the purpose of trim control. State the effect of lowering or raising flap on lift, drag and attitude. Straight and level flight State the relationship between attitude, angle of attack and airspeed in level flight. Note Students should appreciate that this relationship is only true in level flight.
6.5 6.5.1 6.5.2
Climbing Differentiate between rate and angle of climb. State the effect (increase/decrease) on climb rate and angle resulting from changes in: (a) weight; and (b) power; and (c) airspeed (changed from recommended); and (d) flap deflection; and (e) head/tailwind component, windshear; and (f) bank angle; and (g) altitude and density altitude.
6.6 6.6.1
Descents: State the effect on rate, angle of descent and attitude resulting from changes in: (a) power constant IAS; and (b) flap constant IAS.
6.6.2 6.6.3 6.7 6.7.1 6.7.2
State the effect of head/tail wind on the glide path and glide distance (relevant to the earths surface). Explain why a pilot should maintain the recommended glide speed, if undershooting an approach to land. Turning Describe what is meant by a balanced turn. Describe the terms g wing loading load factor.

6.7.3
During a level turn, state the effect (increase/decrease) of bank angle on: (a) stall IAS; and (b) the aircrafts structure (load factor). Note An appreciation of the rate of increase of stall speed with bank, and possible airframe damage if limits are exceeded is also required.
6.7.4
List reasons for avoiding steep turns: (a) shortly after take-off; and (b) during a glide particularly on approach.
6.7.5 6.7.6 6.8 6.8.1
Explain why an aeroplane executing balanced level turns at low level may appear to slip or skid when turning downwind or into wind. Given level flight stall speed, determine the stall speed and load factor during turns at 45 and 60 degrees bank. Stalling, spinning and spiral dives. Define stalling angle and describe: (a) the symptoms when approaching the stall; and (b) the characteristics of a stall.
6.8.2
Explain: (a) the effect of using ailerons when approaching and during the stall; and (b) why an aeroplane may stall at different speeds.
6.8.3
List the effect (increase/decrease/nil) of the following variables on the level flight stall IAS: (a) power; (b) flap; (c) wind shear vertical gusts; (d) manoeuvres; (e) weight; (f) frost and ice; (g) altitude.
6.8.4 6.8.5
Cite manoeuvres during which an aeroplane may stall at an angle which appears to be different to the true stalling angle. Differentiate between a spin and a spiral dive in a light aeroplane and describe the standard recovery technique for each manoeuvre (Refer CAA Flight Instructors Manual).
Note Student should be advised to follow the techniques recommended in the pilots operating handbook.
6.9 6.9.1
Taxi, take-off, landing Cite situations which may cause an aeroplane to wheel barrow and state the recommended pilot action in the event of such an occurrence.
6.9.2
Describe the effect of a cross-wind on high and low wing aeroplanes during taxi, take-off and landing.
Note Effect of a cross-wind means the effect on yaw and roll and includes the tendency to nose over during taxi.
6.9.3 6.9.4
List the advantages of taking-off and landing into wind. Compare a flapless approach to an approach with flap in terms of: (a) attitude during descent; and (b) approach path angle; and (c) threshold and touch-down speeds; and (d) landing roll.
6.9.5 6.10
Describe the effect of wind shear (wind gradient) and ground effect on aerodynamic and flight characteristics and identify. Wake turbulence
Note If a student is operating from an aerodrome where helicopters or heavy aircraft also operate, all A items must be taught prior to pre-solo.
6.10.1 6.10.2 6.10.3
List factors affecting the strength of vortex flow viz aircraft weight, speed, wing shape. State the primary control hazard that may result from a vortex encounter. Identify from diagrams the: (a) approximate flow direction around each vortex; and (b) approximate location of vortices (in still air) generated by a preceding aeroplane during: (i) cruise flight; and (ii) take-off and landing; and (c) approximate take-off/touch-down points and flight profiles which Caution: Students should be advised that heavy/med. aeroplanes are capable of steep climb gradients after take-off when operating at low take-off weights.
6.10.4
State/identify the effect of wind and atmospheric turbulence on the: (a) strength of vortices; and (b) longevity of vortices; and (c) location of vortices.
6.10.5
Recall that rotor downwash can be a hazard to a radius of approximately thrice the rotor diameter, and that this area should be avoided by light aircraft.
Note Students should be aware of wake turbulence sep. standards in order to make value judgements to waive these standards at a controlled aerodrome or provide their own separation at non-controlled aerodromes.
6.11 6.11.1
Thrust stream turbulence (jet blast) Recall that this form of turbulence varies with engine power and distance from the source.
Note The following information may be of value to illustrate the need for caution:
(a) approximate speeds of the jet at 30 metres are: (i) idling power: 25 kt; and (ii) full power: 125 kt; and (b) at high power settings stream turbulence can extend to approximately 500/600 metres behind a DC 10 and 180 metres behind a 727. 6.12 6.12.1 Structural damage Describe the effect of structural damage, including bird strikes, with emphasis on: (a) stall characteristics; and (b) controllability. 7 Navigation
Note Reference to AIP visual charts means the present ERC, VTC, and AUS PCA and embraces any subsequent changes to charts required for flight under VFR.
7.1 7.1.1
Basics Extract Information from documents On a WAC and AIP visual charts (if applicable) which cover the local area of operation: (a) identify, without reference to the chart legend: (i) major features to assist in map reading e.g. roads, rivers, lakes; and (ii) obstacles and spot heights, including elevation or height above terrain; and (iii) CTA, PRDs, and aerodrome data on VTC/ERC (if applicable); and (b) decode other symbols with reference to the chart legend; and (c) assess the general height of the terrain from hypsometric tints and contours; and (d) estimate track and distance; and (e) demonstrate and explain the reason for chart orientation in flight.
7.1.2 7.1.3
On visual AIP charts identify airspace boundaries and symbols with reference to the chart legend. Use ERS(A) to extract: (a) runway data; and (b) data pertaining to Prohibited, Restricted and Danger Areas.
7.2 7.2.1
Computation techniques Use mental rules of thumb to estimate: (a) time interval using estimated GS and distance e.g., 120 kt = 2 NM/min; and (b) endurance given fuel flow and fuel available (excluding reserve fuel).

Note Students should be given examples to indicate that over short distances and periods of time, such approximations are reasonably accurate.
7.2.2 7.2.3
Apply magnetic variation to obtain magnetic direction. Carry out conversions between: (a) feet/metres; and (b) nm/km; and (c) lbs/kg; and (d) US gal/litres/kg of avgas.
7.2.4
Determine head/tail, and cross-wind components given W/V and HDG.

Note Students should also practice using the conversion and wind component tables in ERS(A).
8 8.1 8.1.1 8.1.2
Operation, Performance and Flight Planning Airworthiness and aircraft equipment With reference to a maintenance release decide whether an aircraft is serviceable for a specific flight. Recall the limitations imposed on a student pilot permit holder with regard to: (a) conducting daily inspections; and (b) signing a maintenance release; and (c) reporting of defects.
8.2 8.2.1
Take-off and landing performance

Note Use of take-off and landing charts is included in Type training.
State the effect (increase/decrease) of the following factors on take-off, landing, and take-off climb performance: (a) strength of head/tail wind component; (b) air temperature; (c) QNH; (d) density height (non-standard conditions); (e) airfield elevation; (f) runway slope and surface including wet and slushy runways; (g) ground effect and windshear; (h) frost on an aircraft.
8.2.2 8.2.3
Differentiate between pressure height and density height. Describe how to use an altimeter to obtain: (a) local QNH at an aerodrome; and (b) pressure height of an aerodrome; and (c) elevation of an aerodrome.

8.2.4
Explain the terms: (a) maximum structural take-off and landing weight; and (b) climb weight limit.
8.2.5 8.3 8.3.1
State the likely results of exceeding aircraft weight limits. Loading

Note Practical use of a loading system is included in Type training.
At this phase of training, a student should have a basic understanding of the terms listed below, to enable him or her to apply this knowledge when using the applicable loading system in type training: (a) arm, moment, datum, station, index unit; and (b) centre of gravity (CG) and CG limits; and (c) empty weight, zero fuel weight (ZFW), ramp weight; and (d) maximum take-off and maximum landing weights; and (e) floor loading limits.
8.4 8.4.1
Speed limitations Explain the following terms/abbreviations: (a) normal operating speed (Vno); (b) never exceed speed (VNE); (c) maximum manoeuvre speed (VA); (d) turbulence penetration speed (VB); (e) limit and design load factors; (f) flap operating speed (VFO) and flap extended speed (VFE).
8.4.2 9 9.1 9.1.1
Cite situations which may result in an aircraft exceeding speed limits and load factor limits. Meteorology Knowledge of local weather Demonstrate a basic knowledge of local weather, in particular the likely occurrence of: (a) thunderstorms; and (b) low cloud; and (c) poor visibility; and (d) turbulence and describe how these phenomena may affect the safe operation of an aircraft.

9.2 9.2.1 9.3 9.3.1
Knowledge of forecasts and reports Demonstrate an understanding of weather forecasts, reports and broadcasts that are pertinent to the area of operation. Understand significance of observations Recognise signs which may indicate the presence of: (a) turbulence, thermals, dust devils; and (b) wind gradient, wind shear; and describe the effect of these phenomena on flight characteristics.
Note Signs means forecast conditions and pilot observations.

C. C.1 C.1.1 C.1.2 1 2 2.1

2.1.1
Commercial Pilot Licence Knowledge Standards Level 2 Introduction The content of this section of the MP(A)L syllabus relates to the Core and Basic stages of the MP(A)L training course. The heading and paragraph numbering in this section are used to reference knowledge deficiency reports generated by the examination system. Reserved Aircraft General Knowledge Engines
Carburetion
Describe the principle of operation of a simple carburettor in terms of: (a) fuel vaporisation and distribution; and (b) control of the fuel/air charged throttle butterfly; and (c) idling, main and acceleration jets purpose of these jets; and (d) mixture control.
2.1.2 Supercharging
(a) state the purpose of supercharging; and (b) list the types of superchargers: (i) geared (mechanically driven); and (ii) turbo (exhaust driven); and (c) state the purpose/function of the following components: (i) geared superchargers impeller, diffuser; (ii) turbo chargers compressor, waste gate (fixed, manual, automatic); (d) state the precautions to be observed to avoid detonation when operating a supercharged engine. 2.2 Propellers
Notes Depending on design, a variable pitch propeller will, when the propeller oil pressure is lost, adopt either full fine or full coarse pitch. With this in mind, the following generalities will be used when examining topics relating to variable pitch propellers (the use of springs is omitted as their function varies depending on propeller design): (a) centrifugal twisting moment (CTM) tends to reduce (fine) pitch; and (b) counter weights, when used, increase (coarsen) pitch; and (c) oil pressure is used to decrease pitch if counterweights are fitted; and (d) oil pressure is used to increase pitch if counterweights are not fitted. Students should be advised to check pilots operating handbook to ascertain the constant speed mechanism used when operating different types.

2.2.1
Describe the following terms: (a) blade angle, helix angle/pitch; (b) propeller thrust and torque; (c) thrust horsepower (THP); (d) brake horsepower (BHP); (e) asymmetric blade effect.
2.2.2 2.2.3 2.2.4
Describe how a propeller converts engine power into thrust and explain what is meant by fine and course pitch stops. Describe the effect of using carburettor heat on aeroplanes fitted with a CSU. Describe how power output is controlled when operating aeroplanes fitted with a variable pitch propeller and know how to monitor power using engine instruments. List the precautions necessary if operating a variable pitch propeller when: (a) conducting ground checks; and (b) changing power i.e. use of throttle/RPM levers.
2.2.5
2.2.6
List reasons for propeller overspeed in aeroplanes fitted with: (a) fixed pitched propellers; and (b) variable pitch propellers; and state the associated remedial pilot action.
2.2.7
Describe: (a) the effect of CSU malfunction on engine operation; and (b) the effect of using engine controls in the event of malfunction.
2.2.8
In aeroplanes fitted with a CSU, identify cockpit indications which could signify: (a) the presence of engine ice; and (b) that engine ice has been cleared after application of carb heat.
2.3 2.3.1 2.3.2
Power plants Explain the term full throttle height. Describe the effect of the following factors on engine performance: (a) fuel/air mixture strength; (b) density height; (c) altitude, on: (i) normally aspirated engines; and (ii) turbocharged/supercharged engines.
2.3.3
Compare the performance characteristics of: (a) aeroplanes with fixed pitch propellers and those fitted with a CSU; and

(b) engine operation (within limits) at high MP/low RPM and low MP/high RPM; and (c) normally aspirated and turbocharged/supercharged engines. 2.4 2.4.1 Aeroplane systems Describe or state the function of the following typical components mentioned in pilot operating handbooks: (a) Fuel system components: (i) auxiliary/booster pump; and (ii) fuel drain; and (iii) fuel pressure gauge; and (iv) fuel flow gauge; and (v) check valves; (b) Lubrication system: (i) by-pass valves; and (ii) oil cooler; and (iii) wet sump system; and (iv) dip stick; (c) Stall warning devices; (d) Electrical and Ignition systems: (i) alternator generator; and (ii) voltage regulator over voltage relay; and (iii) ammeter voltmeter; and (iv) circuit breaker fuse; and (v) battery ampere hours; and (vi) bus bar battery master switch; and (vii) starter motor starter relay; and (viii) dual ignition distributor ignition switch; and (ix) external power receptacle, ground/flight switch; (e) Undercarriage system: (i) oleos/shock struts; and (ii) shimmy dampers; and (iii) nose wheel steering/castering; and (iv) retractable undercarriage: (A) uplocks/downlocks; and (B) anti-retraction devices; and

(C) (E) (F)
aural/visual warning devices; and free fall; and electric, hydraulic, pneumatic;
(D) emergency systems; and
(f) Hydraulic system: (i) accumulator; and (ii) actuators; and (iii) brake master cylinder; and (iv) check valve restrictors; (g) Auto-pilot: (i) roll attitude heading pitch controls; and (ii) trim indicator; and (iii) cut-out mechanisms;
Note Includes the possibility of overpowering the system and associated precautions.
(h) Fire protection: (i) typical detectors: (A) overheat thermal switches; and (B) (C) rate of temperature rise thermocouple; and flame; and
(ii) typical warning devices: (A) lights; and (B) audio; and (iii) types of fire extinguisher and usage; and (iv) engine cooling: (A) fins; and (B) (C) 2.5
2.5.1
baffles; and cowl flaps.
Flight instruments
General:
(a) explain the following terms: (i) pitot-static system; (ii) pitot pressure static pressure; (iii) alternate static source; (iv) pressure error; (b) explain the relationship between IAS CAS EAS TAS.

Note The item listed in 2.5.2 below include some aspects learnt in Training Block 1.
(c) have a basic knowledge of the principle of operation and construction of the: (i) ASI, VSI, altimeter; and (ii) artificial horizon, direction indicator, rate of turn indicator, turn coordinator. 2.5.2 State the effect of the following factors on the accuracy of pressure instrument indications: (a) ASI: (i) blockage/leaks (pitot or static); and (ii) manoeuvre induced errors (e.g. sharp pull out from a dive); (b) VSI: (i) blockage of the static source; and (ii) lag;
Note Student should be aware that an IVSI compensates for lag errors.
(c) Altimeter: (i) blockage of the static source; and (ii) lag; and (iii) incorrect subscale settings; and (iv) errors due to changes in atmospheric temperature and pressure. 2.5.3 Gyroscopic principles: (a) describe the gyroscopic properties of rigidity and precession; and (b) compare the advantages and disadvantages of air driven and electrically driven gyroscopes; and (c) state the effect on a Directional Indicator of: (i) apparent wander/drift; and (ii) maximum at the poles, zero at the equator; and (iii) transport wander. 2.5.4 Direct reading magnetic compass: (a) Background knowledge; and (b) Principle of construction: (i) magnetic needles point to magnetic north; and (ii) fluid decreases oscillations and friction; and (iii) should not contain bubbles; and (iv) pendulosity of magnet systems causes errors.

2.5.5
State the effect of the following errors on compass indications in the southern hemisphere: (a) turning errors; (b) acceleration errors.
2.5.6 3 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2
State the purpose of and use a compass correction card to determine magnetic heading. Flight Rules and Air Law Documentation Describe the method of obtaining publications and know why it is important to update these documents. Given an item of operational significance: (a) select the appropriate reference document CAR CAO AIP (Book) CAAP; and (b) extract relevant and current information from these documents.
3.1.3 3.1.4 3.2 3.2.1
Extract/decode information contained in ERS(A), NOTAMS and AIP supplements. Understand the terms and abbreviations in AIP GEN which are relevant to flight in accordance with VFR. Pilot licences, privileges and limitations Know: (a) privileges and limitations of the licence; and (b) recent experience requirements; and (c) classification of operations.
3.2.2
Extract/apply the rules pertaining to flight and duty time limitations for: (a) PPL holders; and (b) CPL holders.
3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2
Flight rules and conditions of flight Select documents that must be carried on board an aircraft during flight in Australian airspace. Extract/apply the rules relating to: (a) carriage and discharge of firearms; and (b) aerodromes where operations are note restricted to runways; and (c) the conditions relating to flight in PRD areas.
3.3.3 3.4 3.4.1
Give examples of situations which would require a security prefix prior to a radio call. Air service operations Extract/apply the rules relating to: (a) a pilots responsibilities before flight; and
(b) aerodrome meteorological minima; and (c) carriage of: (i) cargo; and (ii) sick and handicapped persons; and (iii) parachutists; and (iv) flotation and survival equipment; and (v) animals; and (vi) dangerous goods; and (e) requirement for passenger lists. 3.4.2 3.5 3.5.1 3.6 3.6.1 3.6.2 State the requirements to test radio equipment prior to taxi and maintain a listening watch. Aerodromes State a pilots responsibilities with regard to the use of aerodromes. Airspace Differentiate between the various classifications of airspace. With respect to the terms listed in (a) to (g): (a) flight information service FIR FIA OCTA; and (b) air traffic control service CTA CTR controlled airspace; and (c) radio reports and broadcasts; and (d) VFR route and lanes of entry; and (e) PRD areas; and (f) CTAF(R) areas; and (g) controlled aerodromes GAAP aerodromes; and do the following: (h) explain each term and, if applicable; and (i) identify airspace boundaries on appropriate charts; and (j) extract vertical limits of designated airspace from charts or ERS(A). 3.6.3 3.6.4 Extract/apply permitted tracking tolerances for VFR aircraft to avoid controlled airspace. Know the requirements and procedures to be adopted when operating: (a) in any class of airspace; and (b) from or into: (i) any licensed aerodrome; and (ii) a CTAF(R).

Notes 1. Requirements means the need for clearances, reports and broadcasts. 2. Procedures means when to request a clearance, make a report/broadcast and pilot action on receipt of an instruction from ATC. 3. THIS TOPIC DOES NOT INCLUDE RADIO PHRASEOLOGY.
3.6.5
Altimetry:
(a) recall the datum from which an altimeter indicates height when the following are set on the subscale: (i) Area QNH; (ii) Local QNH; (iii) QFE; (iv) Standard Pressure Setting; and (b) recall the meaning of the following: (i) transition altitude; (ii) transition level; (iii) transition layer; and (c) recall the procedures that are carried out with the altimeter at the Transition Altitude and the Transition Level on climb and descent; and (d) derive the Transition Level for any given area QNH. 3.7 3.7.1 3.7.2
3.7.3
Emergencies, accidents, incidents State the conditions under which a pilot may declare a mercy flight and select occasions when a mercy flight must not be undertaken. Extract from AIP the responsibilities of a pilot regarding the notification of accidents and incidents.
AIRFLASH PRIORITY Reserved
3.7.4 3.8 3.8.1
Cite examples of hazards to navigation that must be reported by pilots. Security Explain the term ADIZ and extract: (a) the general requirements for operations in this zone; and (b) the action by the pilot of the intercepted aircraft.
3.8.2 4 4.1 4.1.1 4.1.2
State the powers vested in a pilot in command. Radio Telephony Radio Know the basic principles of radio wave propagation and recall the appropriate frequency bands for VHF, MF and HF. Know the limitations of VHF and HF in terms of quality of reception and range.

4.1.3 4.1.4
List factors which may affect VHF and HF reception. Use appropriate charts/documents to: (a) extract VHF and HF frequencies; and (b) determine communication coverage.
4.2 4.2.1
Transponder State the precautions to be observed when selecting codes and extract transponder codes for: (a) radio failure; and (b) an emergency.
4.2.2 4.2.3 4.2.4
Given an area of operation decide whether it is necessary to use a transponder. State the meaning of the terms SQUAWK, IDENT and CODE. Describe the information (if any) that is transmitted when a pilot selects: (a) STBY, ON; and (b) ALT, IDENT.
4.2.5 5 5.1 5.1.1
Identify indications of normal and abnormal transponder operation and list factors that affect transponder reception. Aeroplane Type Knowledge Aeroplane knowledge Prior to cross-country flight training, a student should: (a) list aircraft equipment necessary for the flight; and (b) demonstrate a knowledge of: (i) tie down procedures; and (ii) stowage of equipment/cargo; and (iii) knowledge of location and use of an ELB; and (iv) an awareness of survival procedures given in ERS(A).
6 6.1 6.1.1
Aerodynamics Terminology Identify descriptions/drawings of the following terms: (a) aerofoil span chord camber thickness/chord ratio; (b) relative airflow angle of attack; (c) total reaction lift drag; (d) laminar and turbulent boundary layers.
6.2 6.2.1
Design features State the purpose of the following design features/controls: (a) anhedral dihedral aspect ratio sweepback wash-out;
(b) wing spoilers flaps vortex generators; (c) trim tabs. 6.3 6.3.1 Bernoullis theorem Apply Bernoullis theorem of constant energy flow to describe how an aerofoil produces lift.
Note Limited to the variation of kinetic energy (dynamic pressure) and potential energy (static pressure) as air flows through a venturi or over a wing. Students should also be aware that the upper surface of a wing generates the majority of lift.
6.4 6.4.1
Changes in angle of attack State/identify the effect of changes in angle of attack up to the stalling angle on: (a) pressure changes above and below the wing; and (b) changes in airflow characteristics streamlined to turbulent; and (c) lift and drag; and (d) the boundary layer.
6.5 6.5.1
Lift and drag State the meaning of the following terms used in the lift and drag formulae viz: (a) CL and CD depend on shape and angle of attack of an aerofoil; (b) V2 defines dynamic pressure (IAS); (c) S defines surface area.
6.5.2
With reference to CL, CD, CL/CD graphs identify angles of attack associated with: (a) minimum drag max level flight speed; and (b) max lift stalling angle; and (c) best CL/CD best glide range and still air range.
6.5.3 6.6 6.6.1
Revise types of drag and state the effect on total drag resulting from changes in IAS, aircraft weight and height. Manoeuvres Draw/identify the forces of lift, weight, thrust and drag acting on an aeroplane in: (a) steady level flight; and (b) a steady climb; and (c) a steady descent; and (d) a balanced level turn.
6.6.2 6.6.3
State the relationship between speed, bank angle, radius and rate of turn during a balanced level turn. For a given IAS use the rule of thumb to determine the approximate bank angle for a rate one turn.

6.6.4
State why: (a) power must be applied to maintain speed in a level turn; and (b) an aeroplane tends to overbank in level and climbing turns and not in descending turns.
6.6.5
State: (a) the effect of aileron drag on turn performance at low airspeed; and (b) how the following design features offset this drag: (i) frise ailerons; (ii) differential ailerons.
6.6.6
Stalling and spinning:
Review stall topics learnt in CPL Level 1 (item 2.6.8). 6.7 6.7.1 6.7.2 Performance considerations Give reasons for flying for maximum still air range and endurance. List/identify aerodynamic and engine considerations which are required to achieve maximum still air range and endurance when operating an aeroplane with a: (a) normally aspirated engine; and (b) turbocharged/supercharged engine. 6.7.3 From (theoretical) power required and power available graphs identify: (a) stall speed (power on); and (b) best still air range speed; and (c) best endurance speed; and (d) maximum level flight speed; and (e) the region of reverse command.
Note The region of reverse command is (sometimes) colloquially described as the back of the power curve.
6.7.4 6.7.5
Revise the terms load factor, g and wing loading and cite situations that may result in an aeroplane exceeding load factor and wing loading limits. Given that certain flight conditions remain constant, state the effect of: (a) changes in weight and altitude (height) on: (i) angle of attack and IAS in level flight; and (ii) level flight range and endurance; and (iii) turn rate and radius; and (iv) glide range and endurance; (b) changes in head/tail wind component on: (i) level flight range and endurance; and

(ii) glide range and endurance; and (c) changes in power on turn rate and radius. 6.8 6.8.1 Stability and control State the effect of the factors listed below on the stability and control of an aeroplane in each of the three planes of movement: (a) longitudinal stability: (i) position of CG; and (ii) movement of centre of pressure; and (iii) changes in thrust; and (iv) tailplane moment; and (b) lateral stability: (i) high versus low set wings; and (ii) dihedral versus anhedral; and (iii) sweepback; and (c) directional stability: (i) large fore/aft displacement of the CG; and (ii) large versus small fin and rudder moment. 6.8.2 Understand the relationship between directional and lateral stability (spiral instability) and state the effect of spiral instability on the control of an aeroplane. Recognise statements/diagrams which describe static and dynamic stability. Describe the controllability problems associated with flight in the region of reverse command. Explain the purpose of: (a) trim tabs (fixed and cockpit controlled); and (b) balance tabs; and (c) anti-balance tabs; and (d) aerodynamic balance; and (e) mass balance. 6.8.6 6.9 6.9.1 6.9.2 Explain the function of the items mentioned in 6.8.5 in relation to the movement of a main control surface. Taxi, take-off and landing Describe the stability and control characteristics of nose wheel aeroplanes during ground operation. Describe the result of the following factors on the controllability of an aeroplane: (a) propeller torque and slipstream effect;
6.8.3 6.8.4 6.8.5
(b) gyroscopic effect; (c) asymmetric blade effect. 6.9.3 7 7.1 7.1.1 Describe the term ground effect and its effect on aeroplane performance. Navigation Form of the earth In order to apply this knowledge, a student should have an understanding of the items listed in (a) to (h): (a) the shape and rotation of the earth; and (b) latitude, longitude; and (c) equator, Greenwich meridian; and (e) great circles, small circles, rhumb lines; and (f) difference between true and magnetic north; and (g) terrestrial magnetism, magnetic variation and the change in variation with time; and (h) distance on the earth i.e. relationship between a minute of latitude and a nautical mile; and, if applicable, their effect on: (i) position on the earth; and (j) time differences; and (k) distance and direction. 7.2 7.2.1 7.2.2 7.2.3 7.2.4 7.2.5 Time Explain the terms UTC, Local Mean Time, Local (Standard) Time, Local summer time. Extract (within +/- 5 min) the beginning and end of civil twilight from AIP daylight and darkness graphs. Carry out conversions between: LMT, UTC, Local (Standard) times including local summer time. List factors which may cause daylight to end earlier than the time extracted from AIP darkness graphs. Describe the effect of the earths rotation and revolution around the sun on the: (a) beginning and end of daylight (b) period of daylight. 7.2.6 7.3 Describe the effect of changes in longitude on local mean time. Charts and publications
Note AIP Visual Charts refers to the present ERC, VTC and AUS PCA and embraces any subsequent changes to charts required for flight under VFR.

7.3.1 7.3.2 7.3.3 7.3.4
From AIP Visual Charts and ERS(A), select the chart(s) document(s) which contain information about a given item of operational significance. Extract/decode symbols and apply information displayed on AIP visual charts. Interpret topographic detail and decode symbols displayed on a WAC and VTC. On a WAC and AIP visual charts using chart and latitude scale: (a) measure rhumb line track; and (b) measure distance; and (c) plot a position given: (i) latitude and longitude; and (ii) bearing and distance.
Note Students should also practice techniques to estimate track and distance.
7.3.5
A MPL student is expected to have a basic knowledge of the theory of map projections and: (a) identify the following properties of a Lamberts Conformal: (i) appearance of rhumb lines, great circles, meridians and the graticule; (ii) distortion of shapes and areas; (iii) scale variation; (b) describe the methods of representing scale.
7.4 7.4.1
Computations Review computations and conversions and: (a) solve GS, distance, fuel used, fuel required, fuel remaining and fuel consumption problems, given appropriate combinations of these factors; and (b) solve CAS/TAS problems given air temp and pressure height; and (c) determine HDG, GS and drift given TAS, W/V, TR; and (d) determine TR given HDG, TAS, W/V; and (e) solve problems relating to rates/gradients of climb and descent; and (f) determine TOPC and TOPD position using average airspeed, W/V, and rates of climb/descent.
7.5
7.5.1
Pilot Navigation
Principles of map reading:
(a) describe the method of chart orientation; and (b) list situations when a pilot should read: (i) from map to ground; and (ii) from ground to map; and

(c) select appropriate position lines to establish: (i) ground speed; and (ii) track error; and (iii) a fix; and (d) select appropriate ground features to establish position when flying: (i) at low level (500 ft AGL) and (ii) between (approximately) 2 000 and 10 000 ft; and (iii) over mountainous terrain, coastal areas, densely populated and sparsely populated areas.
7.5.2 Chart preparation and selection (practice):
(a) draw tracks, track error lines, time/distance markings; and (b) given a route select WAC(s) and appropriate AIP visual charts.
7.5.3 With reference to a planned or given track and given appropriate data:
(a) determine track made good (TMG); and (b) calculate drift; and (c) determine alteration of heading or HDG(M) to: (i) parallel track; and (ii) intercept track at a nominated point; and (iii) maintain track once track is intercepted; and (d) revise/confirm estimates or ETA using latest ground speed or time/distance proportion; and (e) establish a DR position using latest TR and GS.
Notes Students should be taught the use of a map plotter and to employ mental dead reckoning and proportional techniques to solve in-flight navigational problems. They are also required to: (a) mentally apply the one in sixty rule; and (b) mentally revise estimates/ETAs; and (c) estimate TR and ETI to a selected diversion point.
7.5.4 7.5.5 7.5.6
Monitor flight progress by maintaining an in-flight navigation log. Monitor fuel consumption and revise fuel reserves. Plan in-flight diversions:
(a) around adverse weather; and (b) to a suitable aerodrome. Note Diversions must address all appropriate items listed in AIP with respect to flight plan amendments. 7.6 7.6.1 Radio Navigation Aids Describe how to identify an aid and state the frequency of a nominated NDB or VOR.

7.6.2 7.6.3
Extract NDB and VOR information from ERS(A) or ERC and state the rated coverage of a VOR up to 10 000 ft. State the effect (in Australia) of the following errors on the reliability of ADF cockpit indications: (a) co-channel interference; (b) mountain effect; (c) effect of thunderstorms; (d) coastal refraction.
7.6.4 7.6.5 7.6.6
Explain why information pertaining to broadcasting stations is included in ERS(A). Recall the aggregate error of a VOR and explain what is meant by scalloping. Establish a position line given: (a) HDG and ADF data; and (b) VOR indications.
7.6.7 7.6.8
Describe how to use the VOR to determine TR to or from a station. Describe how to use an ADF or VOR to home to a station, and recognise instrument indications that signify station passage.
Note Students are expected to apply drift when tracking inbound to an NDB.
7.6.9
Establish fixes using a DME distance and: (a) HDG and ADF data; or (b) VOR indications; and use these fixes to make off track corrections.
8 8.1 8.1.1 8.2
Aircraft Operation, Performance and Planning ERS(A) Extract/apply all items of information contained in ERS(A) which are relevant to VFR (day) operations. Aerodromes and Aeroplane Landing Areas (ALAs)
Note ALAs are included as a topic in this syllabus pursuant to a pilots responsibilities in accordance with CAR 92.
8.2.1
Explain/apply the following terms used in CASA publications and documents: (a) take-off safety speed; (b) take-off distance available (TODA); (c) take-off distance required (TODR); (d) landing distance available (LDA); (e) landing distance required (LDR).

8.2.2 8.3 8.3.1
Determine whether a given is suitable for an aeroplane to take-off and land safety in accordance with guidelines contained in CAAP 92.1. Density Height Determine density height: (a) given OAT and pressure height; and (b) using cockpit temp. and an altimeter setting of 1013.2 hPa; and (c) density altitude charts.
Note The following methods should be taught for (a) and (b): a manual computer flight manual charts or mathematics.
8.4
Take-off and Landing Performance

Note Completion Standards and associated Knowledge Standards are specified at the end of this topic.
8.4.1 8.4.2
Use the flight manual to extract maximum structural take-off and landing weights. Given a typical flight scenario, use performance charts to extract: (a) maximum take-off weight; and (b) maximum landing weight; and (c) take-off distance required (TODR); and (d) landing distance required (LDR); and (e) climb weight limit; and (f) take-off parameters power, flap setting, take-off safety speed; and (g) landing parameters flap, threshold speed; and state the conditions on which the parameters listed in (f) and (g) are based;
Note The objective in 2.8.4.2 will require the ability to perform 1 or more of the following tasks:
(h) apply information extracted from ERS(A); (i) determine TODA and LDA at a ground ALA; (j) apply the CASA regulatory requirements/orders as applicable to single engine aeroplanes; (k) extract/derive entry parameters for take-off and landing charts viz: (i) temperature and pressure; and (ii) take-off and landing weights; (e) extract structural weight limits from a flight manual. 8.4.3 Completion standards for Topic 8.4. A student is also required to: (a) demonstrate speed and accuracy; and (b) give reasons for imposing climb weight and structural weight limits; and

(c) calculate: (i) climb gradient; and (ii) rate of climb. 8.5 8.5.1 Climb, Cruise and Descent Performance From typical charts or tables extract/determine the following data for climb, cruise and descent: (a) time, speed, distance, fuel flow/quantity; (b) appropriate engine settings; (c) rates of climb/descent; (d) the conditions under which an aeroplane will achieve maximum range and endurance. 8.5.2 Determine the: (a) best air and ground NM/unit of fuel. (e.g.: 2.5 NM/kg); and (b) least fuel/air or ground NM (e.g.: 0.4 kg/NM).
Note Fuel units are US gal, kg, litres.
8.5.3
Estimate: (a) mid zone weight; and (b) landing weight; and (c) take off weight at an intermediate landing point.
8.6 8.6.1
Loading Explain the following terms: (a) arm, moment, datum, station, index unit; (b) centre of gravity (CG) and CG limits; (c) mean aerodynamic chord (MAC); (d) empty weight, zero fuel weight (ZFW), ramp weight; (e) maximum takeoff and maximum landing weights; (f) floor loading limits.
8.6.2
Demonstrate the ability to: (a) express CG as a % of MAC; (b) determine CG position relative to the datum; (c) determine movement of CG with changes in load distribution and mass.
8.6.3
Given appropriate data use a typical loading system or a load sheet to distribute load to maintain CG within limits throughout a flight
Note This objective requires the ability to perform one or more of the following tasks:
(a) extract the following weight limits from a flight manual: (i) empty weight ZFW;
(ii) maximum structural take-off and landing weight. (b) determine: (i) maximum payload; and (ii) maximum load per station; and (iii) maximum floor loading capacities; and (iv) fore and aft CG limits for a given/derived weight; and (v) weight of fuel/ballast to be carried. Completion standards for 8.6.1 to 8.6.3: (a) the CG is within limits throughout the flight; and (b) structural and performance limits are not exceeded; and (c) compartment and floor load limits are not exceeded; and (d) demonstrate speed and accuracy as defined in knowledge tests/examinations; and (e) determine: (i) the maximum payload/fuel that may be carried; and (ii) ballast requirements, if any; and (iii) the position of the CG under different load configurations. 8.7 8.7.1 8.7.2 Flight Plan Preparation Extract/apply the responsibilities of a pilot in command with regard to weather and operational briefing prior to planning a VFR flight. Given a route applicable to the level of licence and type of operation viz: OCTA/CTA: (a) select appropriate visual charts for the flight; and (b) list the operations for which it is mandatory to obtain meteorological and operational briefing; and (c) list the weather services available, and nominate the sources and methods of obtaining this information; and (d) extract/apply CASA requirements/instructions for flight notification of VFR flights and state the preferred methods of submitting this notification. 8.7.3 Given an aerodrome forecast determine whether holding or alternate requirements apply and if so: (a) nominate an appropriate alternate aerodrome; (b) determine the quantity of additional fuel required for holding or flight to the alternate. 8.8 Flight Planning
Notes 1. In the interests of standardisation the domestic flight plan form should be used. 2. Fuel policy for exam purposes will be as discussed in CAAP 234-1(0). It forms part of the syllabus pursuant to a pilots responsibility in accordance with CASA regulations.

8.8.1
Completion standard prior to 1st solo nav-ex. Given a typical training navigation route (OCTA/CTA), as applicable appropriate weather and operational briefing aircraft (type) planning data and fuel at start up:
(a) select correct (safe) cruise levels; and (b) enter information correctly in the flight plan form; and (c) submit appropriate flight notification details; and (d) determine minimum (safe) fuel and endurance; and (e) demonstrate accuracy in computations: HDG +/- 50, ETI +/- 2 mins Fuel/Endurance +5% ; and (f) meet the standards specified in Navigation topics 7.5.2 to 7.5.6. 8.8.2 Completion Standard Given: a departure place and two landing points weather and operational briefing passenger and/or baggage requirements appropriate performance data
complete a Flight Plan form after considering the following aspects: (a) selection of safe route(s) and cruise levels to comply with VFR; (b) selection of cruise levels in accordance with the table of cruising levels; (c) fuel for the flight, holding fuel, fuel to an alternate aerodrome, and specified reserves; (d) weight limitation and aeroplane balance requirements; (e) latest departure time. 8.8.3 Completion Standard Given a typical commercial task including: departure and landing points within and/or outside controlled airspace weather and operational briefing appropriate performance data
(a) select safe routes to comply to VFR; and (b) select cruise levels: (i) to comply with VFR and the table of cruising levels; and (ii) which meet passenger and fuel economy requirements; and

(c) determine: (i) the minimum (safe) fuel required; and (ii) the maximum payload (passengers/cargo and fuel) that may be carried; and (iii) whether intermediate refuelling is necessary; and (iv) ETD/ETA after considering Day VFR requirements, flight/duty time limitations and commercial considerations; and (d) complete a Flight Plan form and a loading system. 8.9 8.9.1 8.9.2 8.9.3 8.9.4 Equi-time Point (ETP), Point of no return (PNR), Diversions Cite/recognise situations that may require the calculations of an ETP or PNR. Assuming a constant cruise altitude and TAS, indicate the position of an ETP between two points in still air. Calculate time and distance to an ETP or PNR between two points, using planned or given data. Given fuel on board, use planned/given ground speed to decide which of the following courses of action would require the least fuel (including reserves): (a) proceed to destination; (b) return to the departure aerodrome; (c) proceed to a suitable alternate.
Note Also refer to Topic 7.5.6 relating to diversions.
8.10 8.10.1 8.10.2
Airworthiness and Equipment State the purpose of certificates of airworthiness and registration. Given a typical scenario, extract from CASA regulations / orders / instructions the communication and normal and emergency equipment required to be on board an aircraft. State the responsibilities of a pilot in command with regard to: (a) daily inspections; and (b) recording/reporting aircraft defects.
8.10.3
8.10.4 8.10.5
As applicable, determine the types of maintenance that may be carried out by a PPL, CPL and MPL holder. Given a copy of a maintenance release: (a) determine its validity; and (b) list the class(es) of operation applicable to the aircraft; and (c) list outstanding defects/endorsements and decide whether these affect the airworthiness of the aircraft.
Meteorology
Note Reference documents: AIP, Manuals of Meteorology, ERS(A)

9.1 9.1.1
Composition of the atmosphere Student should know the following vertical divisions in the atmosphere: (a) troposphere, tropopause, stratosphere; (b) that most weather effects occur below the stratosphere.
9.1.2
In the standard atmosphere, recall: (a) sea level temperature and pressure; (b) temperature and pressure lapse rates in the tropopause.
9.2 9.2.1
Heat, temperature, pressure and humidity A student should: (a) describe the method of measuring surface air temperature, and know that actual temperatures may be much higher e.g., above a runway; and (b) know the meaning of the following terms: (i) isotherm, temperature inversion; (ii) radiation, advection, convection, conduction; (iii) isobar, horizontal pressure gradient; (iv) saturated air, relative humidity, dew point; (v) evaporation, condensation, freezing.
9.2.2 9.2.3 9.3 9.3.1
List the effect of changes in temperature, pressure and humidity on air density. List factors that influence the diurnal variation of surface air temp and explain the temp gradient between land and sea surfaces. Atmospheric Stability Differentiate between stable, unstable and conditionally atmospheric conditions.
Note A basic understanding of adiabatic process and the parcel method of assessing stability is required.
9.4 9.4.1
Clouds and Precipitation Identify and classify cloud types. Classifications required are: (a) high, medium, low; and (b) cumuliform, stratiform. Examples of type are Cu, Ci etc.
9.4.2 9.4.3 9.4.4
State the standard abbreviation for each cloud type, and the method used to report cloud amount. Describe the weather associated with each cloud type. Differentiate between drizzle, rain, showers and virga.
Note A general description will suffice i.e. actual droplet size is NOT required.

9.4.5 9.5 9.5.1 9.5.2 9.5.3 9.5.4 9.6 9.6.1
Select statements that describe the conditions necessary for the formation/dispersal of various types of cloud. Visibility Know the method used in meteorological forecasts and reports to determine visibility. Describe the term runway visual range. Give reasons for differences between in-flight and reported visibility. List meteorological factors that will reduce in-flight visibility. Winds General Describe the relationship between pressure and wind and apply Buys Ballots law to assess the approximate location of high and low pressure systems. 9.6.2 Differentiate between: (a) squalls and gusts; and (b) backing and veering.
9.6.3 9.6.4 9.7 9.7.1
Compare surface and gradient winds in terms of direction and strength. List the factors that effect the diurnal variation of wind and describe typical variations in surface wind strength during a 24-hour period. Air Masses and fronts Describe typical flying weather associated with: (a) cold fronts; and (b) warm fronts; and (c) wave depressions; and (d) occluded fronts; and (e) tropical cyclones; and (f) the equatorial trough.
Note In 9.7.1 above, flying weather embraces: temperature (warmer/colder) wind changes (back/veer, stronger/weaker) stability and turbulence cloud type and approximate amount, precipitation.
9.8 9.8.1
Flight Considerations With respect to the phenomena listed below: state the conditions favourable to their development and where applicable, their dispersal recognise signs which may indicate their presence describe their effect on flight characteristics

where applicable, state the pilot actions required to minimise their effect on an aircraft in flight
(a) thermals, turbulence; and (b) dust devils and dust storms; and (c) wind gradient, wind shear and low level jetstreams; and (d) anabatic and katabatic winds; and (e) mountain waves and fohn winds; and (f) land and sea breezes; and (g) inversions and fog; and (h) thunderstorms and microbursts; and (i) downdrafts associated with terrain/cloud; and (j) atmospheric stability and instability; and (k) hoar frost, rime, and clear airframe ice; and (l) tropical cyclones, tornadoes. 9.9 9.9.1 Synoptic Meteorology Given a Mean Sea Level analysis chart, identify: (a) high and low pressure systems; and (b) a trough, a ridge, a col; and (c) warm, cold and occluded fronts; and (d) a tropical cyclone; and (e) 9.9.2 approximate wind direction. Describe typical weather characteristics associated with the items listed in 9.9.1 (a) and (b) above.
Notes Items (c) and (d) are covered in 9.7.1. Weather characteristics means: (a) approx wind direction; (b) moisture content (dry/humid); (c) cloud: stratiform and cumuliform; (d) clear skies; (e) turbulent or smooth air; (f) good or poor visibility.
9.10 9.10.1
Weather Services For given locations, determine from CASA documents the availability of aviation forecasts, meteorological reports and weather briefing and state the method of obtaining this information.
Note Also included in Flight Planning.
9.10.2 9.10.3
State/select the conditions under which it is mandatory to obtain a forecast. With reference to CASA documents, extract, decode and apply information contained in an ARFOR, TAF, TTF, METAR, SPECI, AIRMET, SIGMET.

Note Decode means the ability to: (a) decide whether a particular forecast is valid for a flight; and (b) interpret any coded information into plain language.
10.4
Given typical weather briefing, evaluate weather information applicable to a flight, and: (a) assess likely changes in weather during the flight; and (b) list phenomena which may adversely affect the flight.
Note weather is defined in 9.9.2 and includes fine weather.
9.10.5 9.10.6 9.10.7
List the conditions that require a pilot to submit a short AIREP. State the purpose of VOLMET and ATIS broadcasts indicate how this information is obtained and apply this information to practical scenarios. State what is meant by a Hazard Alert service.
Note This is an updated description of the previous TAT or TAST.
9.11 9.11.1
Climatology Describe typical seasonal weather conditions in different regions of Australia with reference to: (a) visibility (good/poor); and (b) prevailing winds; and (c) typical cloud patterns and precipitation; and (d) seasonal pressure and frontal systems including the ITCZ and equatorial trough; and (e) tropical cyclones.
10 11 11.1 11.1.1
Reserved Human Performance and Limitations Basic health Know the effect and importance on pilot performance of the following factors: (a) diet, exercise; (b) coronary risk factors smoking, cholesterol, obesity, hereditary factors; (c) upper respiratory tract infection e.g. colds, hay fever, congestion of air passages and sinuses; (d) food poisoning and other digestive problems; (e) headaches and migraines; (f) pregnancy: (i) when to stop flying; and (ii) impact on cockpit ergonomics; (g) injuries; (h) ageing;
(i) alcohol and smoking; (j) blood donations; (k) dehydration; (l) emotional anxiety, depression, fear. 11.1.2 11.1.3 11.2 11.3 11.3.1 Know that a pilot is not to fly when on any medication unless a medical clearance from a DME has been obtained. Know the responsibilities of pilots with regard to being medically fit for flight. Reserved Health and fitness Know the: (a) reasons for and frequency of physical examinations and that a CASA network of Designated Aviation Medical Examiners (DAMEs) exists; and (b) process of obtaining a medical examination; and (c) role of the CASA with regard to medical fitness and that only those conditions which present a flight safety hazard are disqualifying.
11.3.2 Alcohol:
(a) explain how alcohol is absorbed and excreted; and (b) state and explain what a hangover is; and (c) explain the effect a hangover may have on flying performance; and (d) explain the relationship between a hangover and level of blood alcohol in a person; and (e) explain the relationship between the level of blood alcohol and the recovery period from a hangover; and (f) state the factors that affect the elimination of alcohol from the body and describe the effects of illicit drugs and alcohol on proficiency e.g.: (i) judgement, comprehension, attention to detail; and (ii) the senses, co-ordination and reaction times.
11.3.3 Drugs:
(a) explain that drug abuse is a behavioural problem and is independent of (i) dependence (addiction); and (ii) frequent use; and (b) define illicit or non-illicit psychoactive substances; and (c) explain the adverse effects of illicit or non-illicit psychoactive substances; and

(d) explain the effects and duration of such effects on human performance related to perception, speed of processing information, and reaction time of such drugs as: (i) cannabis-based substances e.g., marijuana, ganja; and (ii) amphetamine-based substances e.g., Ecstasy; and (iii) opium-based substances e.g., codeine, heroin; and (e) have a broad knowledge of the undesirable effects of over-the-counter and prescription drugs. In particular, the side effects of: (i) aspirin, antihistamines, nasal decongestants; and (ii) amphetamines, tranquillisers, sedatives, antibiotics.
11.3.4 Blood donations:
(a) state the effect on flying after giving a blood donation; and (b) state the recommended period between giving blood and the next flight and know that this period can vary between individuals. 11.4 11.4.1 11.4.2 11.5
11.5.1
Hyperventilation Know how to recognise and combat hyperventilation. Know what hyperventilation is and its causes. Atmospheric pressure changes
Trapped gases:
(a) know the effect of changes in pressure on gases trapped in the body cavities; and (b) describe the effect on normal bodily function; and (c) state/list measures for prevention/treatment. 11.5.2 11.6 Know the effects of flying after a period of underwater diving and state the precautions to be taken if intending to fly after underwater diving. Basic knowledge of the anatomy of the ear (a) know its function in receiving sound transmissions; and (b) explain the purpose of the Eustachian tube and effects of atmospheric/cabin pressure changes; and (c) state the effects of noise exposure on: (i) hearing loss: long/short term; and (ii) speech intelligibility; and (iii) fatigue; and (d) describe recommended methods of hearing protection.

11.7 11.7.1 11.7.2 11.7.3 11.7.4
Vision, spatial disorientation, illusions Have a basic knowledge of the anatomy of the eye and its function during the day and at night. Know the factors that affect night vision and identify methods of dark adaptation. Describe the limitations of the eye in discerning objects at night and the off-centre method of identifying objects at night. Know the limitations of the eye with respect to: (a) the ability to discern objects during flight e.g. other aircraft, transmission lines etc; and (b) empty field myopia; and (c) glare; and (d) colour vision in aviation; and (e) common visual problems, viz myopia, hyperopia, astigmatism, presbyopia; and (f) rotor flicker and its effects (helicopters only).
11.7.5
Be aware of the importance of: (a) seeking experienced professional advice for spectacles prescriptions; and (b) selecting suitable sunglasses.
11.7.6 11.7.7 11.7.8
Know of the factors which are conducive to mid-air collisions and describe/practice techniques for visual scanning. Understand and define the term disorientation. Know the sensory systems involved in maintaining body equilibrium i.e. that equilibrium is normally maintained by use of the eyes, inner ear and proprioceptive system (seat of pants). Understand that these mechanisms were developed for use by land based mammals and do not provide reliable information under all conditions of flight. Describe illusion(s) that may be associated with the factors listed below: (a) leans; and (b) linear and angular accelerations; and (c) unperceived changes in the pitch roll yaw; and (d) autokinetic illusions; and (e) graveyard spin illusion; and (f) somatogravic illusion.
11.7.9 11.7.10
11.7.11
Know: (a) that sensory illusions usually occur when external visual clues are poor or ambiguous and that they are predictable; and

(b) the importance of an artificial visual reference system and a pilots ability to use the system; and (c) the factors that may make a person more susceptible to disorientation; and (d) how to overcome sensory illusions. 11.7.12 Know what illusions may result from the following flight factors: (a) false horizontal clues e.g. sloping cloud formations and sloping terrain; (b) depth perception e.g.: (i) flying over water, snow, desert and other featureless terrain; and (ii) effect of fog haze dust; (c) optical characteristics of windscreens; (d) landing illusions: (i) approach angles: steep shallow; and (i) width and slope of runway; and (i) slope of (approach); and (i) terrain approaches over water; and (e) relative motion between objects. 11.8 11.8.1 11.8.2 11.8.3 11.9 Motion sickness State the basic cause of motion sickness. List factors which may aggravate motion sickness. List methods of combating motion sickness in flight. Acceleration g effects Know the effects of positive and negative accelerations on the human body include: (a) on the cardiovascular systems; and (b) vision; and (c) consciousness. 11.10 11.10.1 11.10.2 11.11 11.11.1 11.11.2 Toxic hazards Know the sources, symptoms, effects and treatment of carbon monoxide poisoning. Know the effect of breathing air contaminated by fuel and other noxious or toxic aviation products. The atmosphere and associated problems State the chemical composition of the atmosphere and recall the variation of temperature and pressure with altitude. Have a basic concept of the circulatory and respiratory systems in terms of the distribution of oxygen and the excretion of carbon dioxide.

11.11.3 11.12 11.12.1
Describe what is meant by the partial pressure of oxygen. Hypoxia (a) List the causes of hypoxia and recognise the symptoms of hypoxia particularly: (i) its effect on night vision; and (ii) the dangers of behavioural changes e.g. lack of self criticism, over-confidence and a false sense of security; and (b) know that symptoms are difficult to detect in healthy individuals and can develop much faster at higher altitudes e.g. 14 000 ft; and (c) list factors which may increase a persons susceptibility to hypoxia; and (d) state the approximate time of useful consciousness (Effective Performance Time: EPT) at 20 000, 25 000 and 30 000 feet and list factors which affect EPT; and (e) list methods of combating various forms of hypoxia.
11.13 11.13.1
Human factors considerations: Know the basic concepts of information processing and decision making including: (a) how sensory information is used to form mental images; and (b) the influence of the following factors on the decision making process: (i) personality traits e.g. introvert/extrovert; (ii) pride, peer pressure, employer pressure; (iii) the desire to get the task done; (iv) anxiety, over-confidence, boredom, complacency; (v) types of memory long/short term; (vi) memory limitations; (vii) aides memoire, rules of thumb; (viii) work load/overload; (ix) skill, experience, currency.
11.13.2
11.13.3
Discuss the general concepts behind decision-making and the methods of enhancing decision-making skills.
Concepts of Stress:
(a) know the interaction between stress and arousal and the effects of short and long term stress on pilot performance and health; and (b) know the symptoms, causes and effects of environmental stress working in an excessively hot, cold, vibrating or noisy environment; and (c) know the symptoms and effects of domestic and work related stress; and

(d) know the effects of stress on performance; and (e) know the principles of stress management e.g.: (i) cognitive/behavioural techniques; and (ii) relaxation; and (iii) time management.
11.13.4 Concepts of Fatigue
(a) identify causes of fatigue and describe its effects on pilot performance; and (b) differentiate between acute and chronic fatigue; and (c) discuss coping strategies e.g.: (i) sleep management; and (ii) relaxation; and (iii) fitness and diet.
11.13.5 Basic Ergonomics
(a) discuss principles of control design and the design features of conventional and modern displays; and (b) discuss problems associated with: (i) poorly designed controls/positioning of controls; and (ii) interpreting instrument presentations; and (c) know the following information regarding safety harnesses: (i) types, how to assess their maintenance; and (ii) inertia reels, how to assess their maintenance.
11.13.6 Basic Principles of Crew Co-ordination
(a) discuss factors which: (i) influence verbal and non-verbal communication between flight deck crew viz: (A) barriers to communication; and (B) (C) listening skills; and assertion skills; and
(ii) affect the decision making process viz: (A) communication attitude; and (B) (C) personality; and judgement; and
(D) leadership style; and (b) discuss ideal leadership qualities; and (c) review aircraft accidents which resulted from poor crew co-ordination.

11.14
Principles of first aid and survival
The student should be aware of the first aid and survival information contained in ERS(A) and preferably be exposed to practical instruction in the terms of first aid given in this document.
11.15 Threat and Error Management
(a) basic principles of TEM; and (b) explain the principles of TEM and detail a process to identify and manage threats and errors during single pilot operations; and (c) define threat and give examples of threats: (i) give an example of a committed error and how action could be taken to ensure safe flight; (ii) explain how the use of checklists and standard operating procedures can prevent errors; (iii) give examples of how an undesired aircraft state can develop from an unmanaged threat or error; (iv) explain what resources a pilot could identify and use to avoid or manage an undesired aircraft, state such as being lost or entering adverse weather; (v) explain the importance of ensuring that tasks are prioritised to manage an undesired aircraft state; (vi) give examples of how establishing and maintaining interpersonal relationships can promote safe flight.

D. D.1 D.1.1
Air Transport Pilot Licence Knowledge Standards Introduction This section of the MP(A)L aeronautical knowledge syllabus focuses on the operation of large air transport aircraft and applies to the Basic, Intermediate and Advanced stages of the MP(A)L training course. Reserved Aircraft General Knowledge Advanced Aerodynamics Review of Airspeeds (a) explain: the terms IAS, RAS, CAS, EAS, TAS, Mach No factors affecting these speeds their relationship; reference speeds including MCRIT, VMO, MMO, VS; explain factors affecting these speeds explain their relationship.
1 2 2.1 2.1.1
(b) explain:
2.1.2
Aerodynamic Forces (a) describe and explain forces acting in flight: describe components of the forces explain factors affecting the forces explain the relationship of the forces explain how aircraft performance are affected by the relationship describe and explain graphs depicting these forces; describe components of the forces explain factors affecting the forces explain the relationship of the forces explain how aircraft performance are affected by the relationship explain critical engine and its adverse effects explain the factors affecting critical engine identify the instrument indications for the balance of forces describe and explain graphs depicting these forces;
(b) describe and explain the balance of forces in trimmed asymmetric flight:
(c) define VMCA and VMCG: 2.1.3 explain factors affecting these speeds explain their relationship explain how these speeds affect aircraft control explain the performance purpose of the speeds explain the scheduled definition of these speed.
Shock Waves (a) explain reasons for formation of shock waves at subsonic speeds; and (b) explain the characteristics of airflow associated with a shock wave; and (c) explain the characteristics of airflow associated with Critical Mach Number; and (d) explain the types of shock waves and their characteristics; and (e) explain Critical Mach Number; and (f) explain the effect of shock waves on the handling and operation of the aircraft; and (g) discriminate between and explain high-speed buffet and its possible similarity to low-speed buffet and speed brake buffet.
2.1.4
Performance and Speed (a) explain manoeuvring and gust envelope; and (b) explain factors affecting manoeuvring and gust envelope; and (c) explain changes to CL and CD with changing speed at constant angle of attack; and (d) explain changes to CL and CD with changing angle of attack at constant speed; and (e) explain performance degradation caused by the effect of Mach drag on thrust required and fuel flow; and (f) explain aileron reversal and factors affecting it; and (g) compare and explain effects of wing sweepback with conventional straight wings; and (h) explain effects of wing sweepback on Mach Number and compressibility effect; and (i) explain maximising low-speed performance (using windshear on take-off as an example).
2.1.5
Performance and Altitude (a) explain effect of high altitude on: buffet boundaries stall and stability
manoeuvring capability (inertia effects); and
(b) explain stall and VMCA considerations with engine failure at high altitude. 2.2 2.2.1 Airframe And Systems Flight Controls (a) the functions of the primary flight controls ailerons, elevators, rudder (b) the functions of the secondary flight controls: spoilers/airbrakes trim systems including flying tail, stabiliser trim.
2.2.1.1 Describe and explain the operation of the flight controls including:
2.2.1.2 Describe and explain the operation of the leading edge flaps including: (a) revision of trailing edge flaps; and (b) leading edge flaps/devices: purpose/function of LE flaps types in common use typical interconnection with TE flaps; and
(c) common methods of operation hydraulic, electric, pneumatic (outline only; actuating systems are at later section). 2.2.1.3 Describe and explain the operation of the powered controls including: (a) methods of transmitting demand to control surfaces; and (b) feedback; and (c) feel, natural/artificial; and (d) possibility/availability of manual reversion. 2.2.2 Landing Gear (a) wheels arrangements: multi-wheel bogie wheel effects on PCN/CAN; and
2.2.2.1 Describe and explain the operation of the wheel systems including:
(b) main components; and (c) brief outline of typical retract/extend operation: normal, alternate, emergency operation LG doors may be disabled under some conditions.

2.2.2.2 Describe and explain the operation of the wheels and tyres including: (a) wheels and brake energy limits, thermal plugs; and (b) cooling charts, minimum turn-around times. 2.2.2.3 Describe and explain the operation of the braking systems including: (a) typical multi-wheel systems typical sources of power for normal, alternate, emergency use- hydraulic supply and back-up- emergency air bottles; and (b) parking brake; and (c) principles of operation/limitations of: (i) anti skid system; and (ii) auto brake system. 2.2.2.4 Explain hydroplaning including: (a) cause and effect; and (b) factors affecting hydroplaning, including speed formulae. 2.2.2.5 Describe and explain the operation of the steering systems including: (a) types available: 2.2.3 rudder pedal steering hand/wheel/tiller steering body-gear steering on some aircraft; and understand that some steering systems are incompatible with asymmetric brake and/or power, while others are improved by them.
(b) degree of steering commonly available with each:
Actuating Systems (a) principle of transmission of force by an incompressible fluid; and (b) brief comparison with use of a compressible fluid.
2.2.3.1 Explain the basic principles of hydromechanics including:
2.2.3.2 Describe and explain the operation of the hydraulic systems including: (a) functioning of a typical hydraulic system with multiple pumps and services main, standby and emergency systems and what these service; and (b) understand purpose/function of major components pumps (types), accumulators; reservoirs, filters, regulator/relief valves, selector valves; check (one-way) valves, by-pass valves, shuttle/priority valves, cooling systems; and (c) recognise on a diagram the symbols for major components and be able to relate the functioning of a diagrammatic system(system detail at the level of typical Operations Manual diagram); and (d) explain typical services, allocation of priority services, and reversionary/backup capabilities typical services operated.

2.2.3.3 Describe and explain the operation of the pneumatic systems including: (a) basic system knowledge as for hydraulics; and (b) compare system differences with hydraulic system; and (c) compare operating differences with hydraulic system; and 2.2.4 speed of response force available supply of operating fluid weight of system.
Air Conditioning and Pressurisation (a) its power source from: (i) engine driven compressors; and (ii) bleed air; and (iii) gas turbine compressor; and (iv) turbo charger compressor; and (b) state the typical services provided; and (c) explain the availability of services including: (i) possibility of limitations under take-off or asymmetric power conditions; or (ii) during engine start.
2.2.4.1 Describe and explain the operation of a typical air supply system including:
2.2.4.2 Describe and explain the operation of the air conditioning system including: (a) types of systems: Freon air cycle machine; single zone cabin multiple zones;
(b) brief outline of operation of system:
(c) purpose of/necessity for humidifiers: 2.2.4.3 Describe and explain the operation of the pressurisation system including: (a) terminology cabin altitude, differential pressure; and (b) brief outline of operation of typical system: supply outflow valves overpressure and negative pressure relief

control of cabin altitude and rate (no detail of internal mechanism of controller required); and
(c) normal pressurised zones in the aircraft; and (d) rapid decompression, cabin altitude warning. 2.2.5 Ice and rain protection
2.2.5.1 Describe and compare the difference between an anti-ice and de-ice system. 2.2.5.2 Describe and explain the operation of the pneumatic systems including: (a) where used leading edges; and (b) the limitations. 2.2.5.3 Describe and explain the operation of the thermal ice protection including: (a) where used flying surfaces, air intakes, pitot and other sensors, windshields; and (b) methods electrical, air, oil; and (c) the limitations. 2.2.5.4 Describe and explain the operation of the fluid ice protection including any limitations. 2.2.5.5 Describe and explain the operation of the rain removal from windscreen including methods: 2.2.5.6 wipers fluid dispersant air jets.
Explain the effects on aeroplane performance by: (a) ice accumulations; (b) use of ice control systems.
2.2.6
Fuel System (a) Avtur (Jet A1); describe its difference from other fuel cuts, including: volatility additives; define specific gravity, and explain what it means explain specific gravitys variation with temperature explain effect of specific gravitys variation on aircraft performance.
2.2.6.1 Describe jet fuels including:
(b) Specific gravity:
2.2.6.2 Describe the construction and characteristics of fuel tanks including: (a) individual tanks, wet wing, tail tanks, other auxiliary tanks; and

(b) explain structural consequences including wing bending, zero-fuel weight, CG movement; and (e) discuss the maintenance of CG within limits during flight, including the use of fuel as ballast either through manual or auto controlled transfer of fuel from tank to tank; and (c) describe tank problems including algae, corrosion, water content; and (d) explain need for venting. 2.2.6.3 Describe the operation of a typical multi-engine fuel system with multiple fuel tanks including: (a) tank to tank transfer; and (b) fuel jettison; and (c) understand function and operation of major components engine-driven (LP/HP) pumps; shutoff cocks; fuel tank pumps; auxiliary fuel tank transfer; override/transfer pumps; cross-feed selectors; jettison pumps; fuel/oil heat exchanger; vent lines; single-point refuelling; fuel quantity and fuel flow systems; and (d) identify the symbols for major components on a diagrammatic system and be able to relate the functioning of the components (system detail at the level of typical Operations Manual diagram); and (e) describe suction feed and gravity feed/transfer as backup for pressure feed/transfer.
2.2.6.4 Operational considerations
(a) State fuel temperatures (max/min): state conditions under which fuel heating is required state methods of heating (oil, bleed air); and
(b) explain the requirement for cooling/lubrication of fuel pumps; and (c) explain cooling of oil/hydraulic system including effect of fuel flow rates; and (d) discuss minimum fuel levels in respect of: pickup for delivery to engine maintain oil/hydraulic cooling effect of aircraft attitude (e.g. missed approach) effect of dry running a fuel pump; and legislation precautions to be observed minimum fuel after jettison (stand-pipes); and
(e) discuss fuel jettison in respect of:

(f) discuss manual control of fuel transfer; confirmation of transfer flow, selection of transfer tank, CG management.
2.2.6.5 Fuel system monitoring
(a) Describe gauges including: 2.2.7

2.2.7.1
explain how fuel contents are measured explain operation of flow meters state effect of check angle explain likely errors state power sources; and low fuel level low pressure warning auxiliary transfer indicators; and dipstick/dripstick/floatsticks importance of having aircraft level precautions in use.
(b) Describe warning systems including:
(c) Explain how to measure tank contents including:
Electrical Systems
Selected components
(a) bus: explain concept of a bus recall common terminology describe hot bus, emergency bus, essential bus, secondary bus, battery bus; explain function, precautions if resetting discuss multiple CB panels need for identification recall grid system of nomenclature (e.g. CB G22 on P3 panel); state and discuss types of high performance batteries in common use describe charge/discharge characteristics discuss precautions needed.
(b) circuit breaker:

2.2.7.2
(c) battery:
Electrical Power Generation:
(a) compare advantages of AC versus DC; and

(b) list types of generator including:

2.2.7.3
permanent magnet generator field excitation generator; and state types of generators and typical mounting locations state advantages state limitations; and state types of generators and typical mounting locations state advantages state limitations; and describe function and operation explain function of disconnecting drive; and describe function and operation explain function of diodes/RCRs; and describe procedures for connecting generator to a bus describe procedures connecting multiple generators to bus system explain split buses generator system explain paralleling generators system compare split bus system versus parallel bus system explain priority supplies in event of partial failure.
(c) Alternating Current (AC):
(d) Direct Current (DC):
(e) constant speed drive:
(f) TR unit:
(g) Power distribution:
Operation of electrical system
(a) explain the management of a typical AC-based electrical system with multiple generators, multiple AC and DC buses, APU and GPU in all phases of operations including emergencies; (b) identify the symbols for the major components on a diagrammatic system, and be able to relate the functioning of the components. (system detail at the level of typical Operations Manager diagram) 2.2.7.4 The aircraft structure as an electrical conductor (a) state the purpose of bonding; (b) describe the bonding system on a typical aircraft.

2.3 2.3.1
Power Plants Turbine Engine Thrust (a) describe thrust formula; (b) explain thrust as a function of airspeed, air density, pressure and temperature, and RPM.
2.3.2
Principle of operation (a) explain basic jet propulsion theory; and (b) describe the working cycle: gas flow changes in velocity, pressure, temperature engine pressure ratio; and state differences and advantages: explain centrifugal flow explain axial flow Describe the principle of a bypass engine state benefits of a bypass engine explain bypass ratio; and describe safety components of propeller state advantages, limitations and problems.
(c) name types of turbine engines:
(d) turboprop engines:
2.3.3
Engine constructions (a) explain design of intake (subsonic only): purpose/function of intake location on airframe relative to free-stream airflow location relative to engine (e.g. B727 or DC-10 centre engine) vulnerability to icing vulnerability to ingestion of foreign objects; and purpose/function of compressor operation of axial single/twin spool system purpose/function of inlet guide vanes vulnerability to icing
(b) explain design of compressor:
bleed air provisions compressor stalling causes, symptoms, avoidance unloading compressor during start; and purpose/function of fan relationship to compressor operation of inlet guide vanes operation of reverse thrust; and purpose/function of combustion system combustion chamber operations individual/annular fuel injectors operations igniters operations effect of air/fuel ratios; and purpose/function of turbine single/twin/triple turbines e.g. driving two-stage compressor with fan thermal and mechanical stress causes of engine surge and stall difference between surge and stall effects symptoms of blade damage and effect on performance discuss monitoring turbine temperature need to monitor inlet temperature difficulties/compromise in monitoring define terminology EGT, TGT, TIT explain where sensors are located explain purpose and operation of reverse thrust mechanisms including: describe cascade, buckets safety interlocks; and purpose/function of exhaust
(c) explain purpose/operation of fan:
(d) explain purpose/operation of combustion system:
(e) explain purpose/operation of turbine:
(f) explain purpose and operation of exhaust including:

2.3.4
sources of noise hush kits.
Auxiliary power unit (APU) (a) explain purpose/function of APU; and (b) list types commonly available; and (c) describe outputs available; and (d) explain availability determined by AFM: use in flight start in flight outputs available in flight.
2.3.5
Operational considerations (a) explain use of reverse thrust including: effectiveness with decreasing speed instability of airflow in reverse at low groundspeeds monitoring and precautions deliberate or inadvertent use in flight (where not permitted by AFM); and effect on thrust and performance associated engine indications such as: EGT, RPM, EPR.
(b) explain uses of bleed air including: 2.3.6
Engine starting (a) describe air-driven starters including: characteristics sources of air failure to disconnect; and initiating fuel flow/ignition self-sustaining RPM stable idle; and
(b) explain critical engine RPM for:
(c) explain typical engine start sequence; (d) identify and describe causes and remedies for typical start malfunctions including: fails to light off

2.4 2.4.1
hot start hung start fails to stabilise at idle starter fails to disengage torching/tailpipe fire.
Engine Instruments Displays (a) summarise and describe types of displays commonly available: pointer-and-dial vertical strip EICAS; and performance trends malfunctions/failures; and
(b) explain the use of displays to identify and analyse engine:
(c) discuss the interface of human factors and displays in identification of the correct control and engine (in multi-systems) including: 2.4.2. examples of good/bad instrumentation layouts brief reference to misidentification of engine (e.g. BA B737 Midlands accident).
EPR gauge (a) describe inputs; and (b) describe displays including: analogue/digital readout setting target EP both manual and auto settings; and
(c) discuss typical appearance of a set of gauges in a modern multi-engine aircraft. 2.4.3 Torque meter (a) describe inputs and methods of functioning; and (b) describe types of indicators and units of torque; and (c) describe typical appearance of a set of gauges in a modern multi-engine aircraft.

2.4.4
RPM indicator (a) list types of display: including RPM in percent explain 100% is not necessarily a limit; and
(b) relate multiple RPM displays N1, N2, N3 to engine performance; and (c) recall typical appearance of a set of gauges in a modern multi-engine aircraft; and (d) recognise and manage faulty cockpit gauge indications (N1, N2 and N3). 2.4.5 Turbine temperature indicator (a) recall types of display analogue/digital; and (b) analyse over-temp warnings; and (c) recognise typical appearance of a set of gauges in a modern multi-engine aircraft. 2.4.6 Fuel consumption (a) Describe flow meters: recall analogue/digital indications explain importance on start-up and shut-down; and
(b) explain the operation of contents gauges; and (c) recognize typical appearance of a set of gauges in a modern multi-engine aircraft. 2.4.7 Total air temperature (TAT) gauge
Note Not an engine system gauge, but included here for simplicity of coverage.
(a) describe purpose and functioning of TAT gauge including ram rise, recovery factor; and (b) recall typical indicators. 2.5 2.5.1 Flight Instrumentation Systems Application of computers to aircraft (a) describe flight management systems; and (b) describe performance management systems; and (c) discuss fly-by-wire aircraft and how the system works. 2.5.2 Electronic Flight Instrument System (EFIS) (a) state the principles and features of a typical EFIS; and (b) list advantages compared to conventional system; and (c) describe general principles of operation; and

(d) discuss typical inputs, processing components, and output; and (e) describe a typical EADI and EFIS control panel, and their operations; and (f) list and interpret the information that can be displayed on a typical EADI and EHSI; and (g) explain a typical interface between Signal Generators, and electronic displays (EHSI, EADI) and redundancy provisions; and (h) explain modes of operation, symbols and failure indicators for a typical EADI and EHSI; and (i) explain the use of modes to achieve uncluttered information appropriate to flight progress. 2.5.3 Flight Management System (FMS) (a) describe general principles of operation; and (b) list advantages compared to conventional system; and (c) discuss typical inputs and outputs; and (d) explain the interface between an autopilot flight director system mode control panel; control display units; EFIS control panels; EADI and EHSI; and (e) name typical navigation and performance data inputs; and (f) control panel, display unit; and (g) describe: pilot operation of a typical Control Display Unit, the use of line select keys, operation of the scratch pad, the input and interpretation of FMS messages on the CDU how to select data presentations and inactive and execute modes the input and outputs for vertical and lateral navigation including:
(i) listing the waypoints that may be entered into the FMS; and (ii) explaining the use of the CDU for data entry; and (iii) explaining the management of waypoints during flight progress. 2.6 2.6.1 Automatic Flight Control System Autopilot (AP) (a) describe purpose/function of AP; and (b) describe general principles of operation; and

(c) describe parameters (e.g. pitch rates, attitude, heading, actuator positions) that are measured in an AFCS and the sensors used to measure them: explain what are external and internal inputs explain outer loop and inner loop controls; and describe the authority and operation of parallel and series actuators explain how feedback from control surfaces and sensors is fed to the autopilot processor explain how the AFCS provides for manual control inputs by the pilot; and
(d) list the common types (different axes):
(e) describe the operating modes and functions available from single axis, two axis and three axis autopilots; and (f) describe AFCS components and how they operate, including: sensors computers output devices system protection; and
(g) describe a typical heavy aircraft AP controller; and (h) describe: 2.6.2 command and manual operating modes of a typical AP control panel including: ALT/HDG/IAS/MACH/VS hold sensors and their operation VORLOC/ILS/INS/GPS operation FMS coupling. precautions when engaging/disengaging different operating modes, mutually exclusive modes auto-land operation auto-go-around; and
(i) describe typical limitations/restrictions. Flight Director (FD) (a) describe purpose/function of FD; and (b) explain common types of common bar presentations and operations V-bars, cross-bars; and (c) list typical components and describe their operations; and (d) explain operation of the typical heavy aircraft FD controller: Hdg, GA, VOR/LOC, APP AUTO, APP MAN, Pitch, ALT HOLD their interrelationship with FD mode annunciators and warning lights; and
(e) explain use of Mode selectors, FD annunciators and command bars to fly an instrument approach procedure: 2.6.3 during coupled auto-flight during manual flight.
Auto-throttle (AT) (a) explain purpose/function of AT; and (b) explain typical modes of operation: thrust hold speed hold VNAV coupling; and
(c) explain auto-derate of take-off power; and (d) describe typical engage/disengage/go-around controls; and (e) describe typical limitations/restrictions. 2.6.4 Auto-flight (a) explain relationship between AT, FD and AP; and (b) explain relationship between FMS and AT/FD/AP; and (c) describe redundancy requirements for auto-land. 2.6.5 Flight envelope protection in auto-flight (a) list and explain types for protection available: high speed; low speed alpha floor flap/gear speed protection; and inputs and outputs; and
(b) explain functioning of typical system: (c) explain modified functioning during flare and touchdown. 2.6.6 Associated auto-systems
2.6.6.1 Yaw Dampers
(a) explain purpose and operation of yaw damper including typical low/high speed behaviour requiring installation of yaw damper; and (b) describe method of functioning including input and output; and (c) describe series and parallel types including advantages/disadvantages of each type; and (d) describe typical yaw damper controls.

2.6.6.2 Auto-trim
(a) explain purpose and operation of auto-trim; and (b) describe input and output; and (c) describe operation of typical auto-trim controls.
2.6.6.3 Thrust computation
(a) explain purpose and operation of thrust computation system; and (b) describe input and output; and (c) explain relationship to FMS. 2.7 2.7.1 Warning And Recording Equipment Ground Proximity Warning Systems (GPWS) (a) state function of a GPWS; and (b) describe modes of operation and typical operating envelopes; and (c) describe aural and visual alert indications; and (d) describe typical input sources and outputs; and (e) specify limitations/restrictions; and (f) describe typical GPWS display/control panel indicators; and (g) describe GPWS inhibiting with low flap settings including: 2.7.2 flap malfunction asymmetric approach with reduced flap.
Airborne Collision Avoidance System (ACAS) (a) identify the basic components of a ACAS; and (b) state function of ACAS, in accordance with updated ACAS versions and changes; and (c) explain the typical operating envelope inputs and outputs; and (d) describe aural and visual alert warnings; and (e) explain system limitations, selectivity and inhibits; and (f) explain operation of the typical ACAS display/control panel; and (g) explain the following terminology applicable to ACAS II: proximate intruder threat traffic Advisory (TA) resolution Advisory (RA); and
(h) closest point of approach (CPA); and

(i) explain altitude separation thresholds. 2.7.3 Overspeed Warning System (a) describe components and their operations including inputs and outputs; and (b) discuss what may be selectable according to weight/CG/fuel distribution; and (c) describe typical selectors and warning indicators including aural and visual warnings. 2.7.4 Stall Warning (a) explain function and operation of system; and (b) describe components of a typical heavy aircraft system including: 2.7.5 ADC inputs including AOA stick shaker/pusher visual/aural warnings.
Take-off Warning System (TWS) (a) explain function and operation of TWS; and (b) list typical items monitored; and (c) describe aural/visual warnings.
2.7.6
Digital Flight Data Recorder (DFDR) (a) state purpose and function; and (b) describe typical parameters monitored by DFDR; and (c) state typical leading performance details (for continuous operation, recording time available, ULB frequency) of analog and digital FDRs; and (d) describe physical appearance of a set of gauges of typical recorder and recorded data.
2.7.7
Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) (a) state purpose/function of CVR; and (b) describe typical CVR data collected in multi-seat flight desk environment; and (c) state typical leading performance details (for continuous operation, recording time available, ULB frequency) of analog and digital CVRs; and (d) describe physical appearance of a set of gauges of typical recorder and control panel.
2.7.8
Master Warning Systems (MWS) (a) explain purpose/function of MWS; and (b) describe the operation of typical warning systems incorporated or covered by MSW; and
(c) describe the operation of aural/visual outputs: warnings cautions; and
(d) describe the operation of typical displays provided; and (e) describe take-off inhibiting of MWS outputs. 2.7.9 Fire Detection, Warning, Extinguishing Systems (a) describe types of detection and extinguishing systems for aircraft engines, APU, cabin and cargo compartments; and (b) explain the operation of a continuous loop detection system; and (c) describe the interface of detectors with cockpit warnings; and (d) explain the use of and limitations of infrared and photo-electric detectors; and (e) describe the operation of single and two wire bimetallic thermal switches; and (f) describe the effects of dry chemical agents on an engine compressor; and (g) explain the management of individual fire bottles in a multi-engine system. 3. 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 Flight Rules and Air Law Aircraft Nationality and Registration ICAO provisions (Annex 7), General applicability brief reference only. Australian national legislation: (a) requirement to register aircraft; and (b) registration of aircraft in Australia; and (c) transfer of interest; and (d) cancellation of registration. 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 Airworthiness of Aircraft ICAO provisions (Annex 8), General applicability brief reference only. Australian national legislation (a) requirements for Certificates of Airworthiness (CofAs); and (b) conditions relating to (CofAs); and (c) suspension or cancellation of (CofAs); and (d) permissible unserviceabilities: (i) use of PUS; and (ii) MEL as alternative to PUS; and (iii) use of an MEL; and

(e) requirements for maintenance; and (f) pilots responsibilities with respect to maintenance in Australia; and (g) responsibilities with respect to maintenance outside Australia; and (h) maintenance release requirements; and (i) suspension, cancellation of a maintenance release; and (j) cessation or recommencement of a maintenance release; and (k) pilots responsibilities with respect to defects or damage. 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 Personnel Licensing ICAO provisions (Annex 1), General applicability brief reference only. Australian national legislation (a) General provisions: (i) licences; and (ii) ratings; and (b) ATPL: (i) classes of ATPL; and (ii) privileges; and (iii) limitations; and (iv) recency requirements; (c) MPL: (i) privileges; and (ii) limitations; and (iii) recency requirements; and (d) Instrument ratings: (i) requirements for instrument ratings as part of ATPL/MPL; and (ii) command multi-engine instrument rating; and (iii) privileges; and (iv) limitations; and (v) recent experience; and (vi) renewal requirements; and (vii) co-pilot (MPL) instrument rating: (viii) privileges; and (ix) limitations; and (x) recent experience; and (xi) renewal requirements; and (xii) flight by night under VFR procedures; and
(xiii) requirements; and (xiv) privileges of instrument rated pilots; and (xv) renewal of instrument rating overseas with a foreign operator; and (e) classification of operations; and (f) multi-crew aircraft: (i) composition of crew; and (ii) inflight relief of crew members; and (iii) pilots; and (iv) flight engineers; and (v) flight and duty time limitations; and (vi) two-pilot crews; and (vii) more than two pilots; and (viii) one flight engineer; and (ix) more than one flight engineer; and (x) conditions for a pilot to relieve a flight engineer or vice versa. 3.4 3.4.1 3.4.2 Rules of The Air ICAO Annex 2 General applicability brief reference only. Australian national legislation Conditions of flight (CAR Part XI): (a) flight manuals; and (b) documents required for flight; and (c) carriage of firearms; and (d discharge of firearms; and (e) dropping of articles; and (f) flight over public gatherings; and (g) low flying. 3.5 3.5.1 3.5.2 Procedures for Air Navigation Aircraft Operations ICAO Doc. 8186 OPS/611 General Provisions brief reference only. Australian national legislation Review AIP (DAP): a departure place and two landing points general requirements approach procedures entry and holding procedures

meteorological minima: aerodrome application of minima alternate failures altimeter checks
Instrument Landing System:
3.5.3
category 1 and 2 minima; SIDs, STARs and NAP; DME Arrival Procedures. GPS as a route navigation and approach aid.
CNS/ATM. (a) shortcomings of conventional systems; and (b) elements of CNS/ATM: what they do how they do it Required Communication Performance (RCP) digital data link Required Navigation Performance (RNP) Required Surveillance Performance (RSP) Voice, PSR, SSR, ADS, ADS-B, ACAS gate to gate operations, flexible use of airspace, flight planning; and
3.5.3.1 Understand general concepts of FANS, CNS/ATM:
(c) objectives and benefits of CNS/ATM; and (d) free flight concept. 3.5.3.2 Understand concept of Required Navigation Performance (RNP): (a) definition; and (b) different types of RNP where applicable: accuracy requirements type of errors; and the need for multi-sensor systems MMR WGS-84 coordinate system; and aircraft flight and navigation systems approve MEL
(c) what coordinate and navigation systems support RNP:
(d) aircraft eligibility for a type of RNP (e.g. RNP-10):
aircraft group and non-group aircraft; and
(e) crew training; and (f) designated airspace; and (g) operational requirements: 3.5.4
3.5.4.1
navigational performance RNP time limits extended time limits en route updates manual and automatic aircraft equipage availability of NavAids en route.
RVSM
Understand concept of RVSM
(a) What and where is RVSM airspace? difference with conventional airspace how does RVSM airspace operate benefits and disadvantages Australian RVSM airspace; and aircraft equipment training; and flight planning dispensation to flight plan in flight procedures transition to/from RVSM procedures hazards and system failures procedures emergency procedures; and priority to RVSM aircraft; and
(b) RVSM approval
(c) RVSM operations
(d) operations by non-RVSM approved aircraft (e) RVSM procedures in conventional airspace. 3.6 3.6.1 Air Traffic Services ICAO Annex 11 and Doc 4444 General provisions brief reference only.

3.6.2
3.6.2.1
Australian national legislation

General provisions
(a) objectives of ATS; and (b) division of ATS; and (c) designation of the portions of the airspace and controlled aerodromes; where ATS will be provided: (d) establishment and designation of the units providing ATS; and (e) specifications: flight information regions control areas control zones; and
(f) minimum flight altitudes; and (g) priority for aircraft in emergency; and (h) in-flight contingencies in ATS.
3.6.2.2 Air Traffic Control Service
(a) function/purpose of ATC; and (b) provision of ATC service; and (c) operation of ATC service; and (d) separation minima; and (e) contents of clearances; and (f) co-ordination of clearances; and (g) control of persons and vehicles at aerodromes.
3.6.2.3 Flight Information Service
(a) application and scope of flight information service: (i) IFR traffic; and (ii) VFR traffic; and (b) operational flight information service broadcasts.
3.6.2.4 Alerting Service
(a) function/purpose; and (b) phases of alert: (i) INCERFA; and (ii) ALERFA; and (iii) DETRESFA; and (c) notification of rescue co-ordination centre; and

(d) information to aircraft in a state of emergency. 3.6.2.5 Principles governing the identification of ATS routes other than standard departure and arrival routes. 3.7 3.7.1 3.7.2
3.7.2.1
Rules Of The Air And Air Traffic Services ICAO Doc 444 and RAC/501/11, General provisions brief reference only. Australian national legislation
General provisions
General air traffic services operating practices: (a) submission of a flight plan; and (b) change from IFR to VFR; and (c) flight clearances and information; and (d) control of air traffic flow; and (e) altimeter setting procedures; and (f) position reporting; and (g) requirements and format for AIREP.
3.7.2.2 Area Control Service
(a) vertical separation: (i) requirements vertical separation minima; and (ii) minimum cruising level; and (iii) assignment of cruising level; and (iv) vertical separation during climb or descent; and (b) horizontal separation (subsonic aircraft only): (i) requirements; and (ii) geographical separation; and (iii) track separation for aircraft using the same navaid; and (iv) longitudinal separation; and (c) reduction in separation minima; and (d) ATC clearances: (i) requirement for clearance; and (ii) function of clearance; and (iii) contents of clearance; and (iv) maintaining own separation while in VMC; and (v) essential traffic information while in VMC; and (vi) essential traffic information; and

(vii) clearance of a requested change in flight plan; and (e) emergency general, priority, emergency descent only (action by pilot-in-command only); and (f) communication failure air-ground communication failure (actions by pilot-in-command only); and (g) interception of civil aircraft.
3.7.2.3 Approach Control Service
(a) departing aircraft: (i) general procedures for departing aircraft; and (ii) information for departing aircraft; and (iii) clearances to climb maintaining own separation while in VMC; and (iv) wake turbulence separation; and (b) arriving aircraft: (i) general procedures for arriving aircraft; and (ii) clearance to descend maintaining own separation while in VMC; and (iii) visual approach; and (iv) instrument approach; and (v) holding; and (vi) approach sequence; and (vii) expected approach; and (viii) time information for arriving aircraft.
3.7.2.4 Aerodrome Control Service
(a) functions of aerodrome control towers: (i) general functions; and (ii) alerting service; and (iii) suspension of VFR operations; and (b) control of traffic: (i) selection of runway-in-use; and (ii) traffic circuit(s); and (iii) start-up and pushback; and (iv) taxying traffic; and (v) vehicular traffic; and (vi) co-ordination of take-offs and landings; and (vii) order of priority for arriving and departing aircraft; and (viii) control of departing and arriving aircraft; and

(c) information provided to aircraft: (i) operation of the aircraft; and (ii) aerodrome conditions.
3.7.2.5 Flight Information Service and Alerting Service
(a) air traffic advisory service; and (b) alerting service.

3.7.2.6 Use of Radar in Air Traffic Services
(a) limitations in the use of radar; and (b) functions of radar service: (i) identification procedure(establishment of radar identity only); and (ii) position information; and (iii) radar vectoring; and (iv) speed control; and (c) use of radar in the air traffic control service; and (d) descent below MSA under radar control. 3.8 3.8.1 3.8.2 Aeronautical Information Service ICAO Annex 15, General provisions brief reference only. Australian documentation Availability and procurement of AIP, NOTAMS, AIC. 3.9 3.9.1 3.9.2 Aerodromes ICAO Annex 14, General provisions brief reference only. Australian national legislation AIP AGA requirements: (a) aerodrome markers and markings; and (b) aerodrome lighting; and (c) visual aids; and (d) domestic aerodrome directory (ERSA); and (e) pavement strength limitations. 3.10 3.10.1 Facilitation ICAO Annex 9, General provisions brief reference only.
3.10.2 Australian national legislation AIP/FAL requirements: (a) responsibility of Federal Airports Corporation; and

(b) differences to International Standards and Practices Annex 9; and (c) entry and departure of international aircraft: (i) documents required; and (ii) description, purpose and use; and (d) entry and departure of persons and baggage: (i) normal requirements; and (ii) procedures for flight crew and similar personnel; and (e) identification of Designated International Airports. 3.11 3.11.1 Search and Rescue ICAO Annex 12, General provisions brief reference only.
3.11.2 Australian national legislation (a) SAR organisation: (i) establishment of SAR regions; and (ii) establishment and designation of SAR services units; and (b) operating procedures: (i) SAR phases; and (ii) distress and urgency signals; and (iii) use of SSR transponder; and (iv) procedures for pilots-in-command at the scene of an accident; and (v) procedures for pilots-in-command intercepting a distress transmission; and (vi) participation in searches. 3.12 3.12.1 Security ICAO Annex 17, General provisions brief reference only.
3.12.2 Air Defence Identification Zones (a) pilots responsibilities for flight within the zone; and (b) exemptions; and (c) non-compliance; and (d) action in the event of interception; and (e) interpretation of visual signals; and (f) powers of pilot-in-command. 3.13 Aircraft Accidents and Incidents (a) terminology: (i) definition of accident; and

(ii) identification of incident; and (b) responsibilities of pilot-in-command regarding notification. 3.14 Air Service Operations (a) route qualifications; and (b) admission of approved persons: (i) in crew compartment; and (ii) in cabin; and (c) operational procedures in relations to computers; and (d) fuel quantity measurement; and (f) hand signals; and (g) oxygen and protective breathing equipment; and (h) engine failure in multi-engine aircraft; and (i) carriage and use of radio; and (j) precautions in refuelling, engine and radar ground operations; and (k) emergency equipment; and (l) loading general; and (m) carriage of cargo; and (n) carriage of persons; and (o) aircraft equipment basic operational requirements; and (p) dangerous goods handling; and (q) fuel jettison: (i) legislation; and (ii) precautions to be observed. 4 4.1 4.1.1 Navigation Maps and Charts Lambert Conformal Conic Projection (a) review properties: (i) great circles, rhumb lines, rules lines; and (ii) scales, chart convergence; and (b) brief comparison with properties of other projections: (i) Mercator; and (ii) Polar stereographic.

4.1.2 4.2
Use of AIP (MAP) charts Time Zones (a) brief review: (i) time zones, date-line; and (ii) LMT, LST, UTC; and (iii) conversion from LMT/LST to UTC and vice-versa; and (b) practical examples of LST arrival/departure calculations for flights across time zones with and without date-line involvement.
4.3 4.3.1
Flight Instruments Air Data Instruments: (a) review of altimeter, ASI, VSI, IVSI and Machmeter: (i) principles of operation; and (ii) errors; and (iii) relationship between IAS, CAS, EAS, TAS and TMN; and (b) modern instrumentation: (i) integrated displays; and (ii) EFIS; and (iii) standby instruments.
4.3.2
Air Data Computer (ADC) (a) principles of operation; (b) input and output data; (c) uses of output data.
4.3.3
Gyroscopic principles (a) rigidity, precession: (i) real and apparent precession; and (ii) correcting for precession (no mathematics required); and (b) types of gyros in common use: (i) mechanical; and (ii) laser gyros; and (c) gyro platforms: two- and three- dimensional stability; and (d) introduce concept of self-contained instruments versus gyro-platform output displays.

4.3.4
Compasses
4.3.4.1 Direct Reading Compass (brief review only)
(a) principle of operation and errors; and (b) advantages and disadvantages.
4.3.4.2 Slaved Gyro-stabilised Compass
(a) principles of operation; and (b) errors; and (c) advantages and disadvantages; and (d) uses of output data.
4.3.4.3 Inertial heading
(a) use of a gyro platform to compute true heading: (i) principles; and (ii) significance of initial positions insert; and (b) magnetic heading as a modification of true heading. 4.4 4.4.1 Radio Navigation Radio wave propagation
4.4.1.1 Terminology
(a) understand general principles of radio propagation; and (b) understand and be able to use in correct sense: and (i) wavelength; and (ii) amplitude; and (iii) frequency; and (iv) phase angle; and (v) frequency bands; and (vi) sidebands SSB.LSB.USB; and (viii) carrier; and (ix) modulation amplitude, frequency, pulse, multiplex; and (xi) demodulation.
4.4.1.2 Wave propagation
(a) ground waves, space (direct) waves, sky waves; and (b) propagation within the frequency bands; and (c) factors affecting reception fading, static and

(d) use of HF for communications: frequency prognosis SELCAL.
4.4.1.3 Antennas:
(a) function/purpose of antennas; and (b) types of antennas in common use for aircraft: 4.4.2 uses characteristics (outline only) directionality polarisation.
Radio NavAids
4.4.2.1 ADF (including NDBs and use of RMI)
(a) application for navigation; and (b) principles; and (c) presentation and interpretation; and (d) coverage; and (e) range; and (f) errors and accuracy; and (g) factors affecting range and accuracy.
4.4.2.2 VOR and Doppler-VOR (including use of RMI)
4.4.2.3 DME (distance measurement equipment)
(a) application for navigation; and (b) principles; and (c) presentation and interpretation; and (d) range; and (e) errors and accuracy; and (f) factors affecting range and accuracy.

4.4.2.4 ILS (instrument landing system)
4.4.2.5 MLS (microwave landing system)
(a) application for navigation; and (b) principles; and (c) presentation and interpretation; and (d) coverage; and (e) range; and (f) errors and accuracy; and (g) factors affecting range and accuracy. 4.5 4.5.1 4.5.2 Basic Radar Principles Pulse techniques and associated terminology Ground radar (a) coverage of ATC radars, factors affecting range and accuracy; and (b) facilities provided by Met radars for storm warning and avoidance. 4.5.3 Airborne weather radar (a) principles; and (b) types; and (c) presentation and interpretation; and (d) factors affecting range and accuracy. 4.5.4 SSR (secondary surveillance radar) and transponder (a) principles; and (b) application for traffic control; and (c) presentation and interpretation; and (d) advantages compared to primary radar for traffic control. 4.5.5 Radio Altimeter (a) principle of operation; and

(b) display; and (c) accuracy, errors. 4.6 4.6.2 Route Navigation Navigation on climb and descent (a) wind and temperature variations: 4.6.3 desirability of allowing for variations availability of data in actual situations; and concept of track miles; and reduced rate of climb reduced rate of descent.
(b) weather/traffic avoidance: (c) allowance for use of anti-ice equipment:
Use of Radio NavAids (a) requirement for regular position fixing; and (b) use of navaid position lines to establish position: (i) along track; and (ii) across track; and (iii) desired/preferred form of P/L intersections; and (c) computer-controlled navaid receivers: (i) auto-tuning; and (ii) manual selection; and (iii) precautions.
4.6.4
Calculation of track and groundspeed (a) review basic track and groundspeed calculations: (i) plotted positions, IAS/TAS/GS, HDG/TRK; and (ii) determination of wind velocity (track and groundspeed methods only); and (iii) calculation of ETAs, EETs; and (b) review ETP and PNR calculations; and (c) in-flight diversion to fixed point: (i) last PSD; and (ii) time and fuel required.

4.7 4.7.1
Area Navigation Systems Types of systems (a) self-contained on-board systems: (i) INS; and (ii) DOPPLER; and (b) external sensor systems: (i) VOR/DME; and (ii) GPS.
4.7.2
General principles (a) inputs required: (i) air data inputs; and (ii) other inputs; and (b) outputs generated: (i) types of outputs; and (ii) uses.
4.7.3
RNAV Systems (a) principle of VOR/DME area navigation (RNAV); and (b) advantages and disadvantages; and (c) limitations and restrictions: (i) errors, accuracy, reliability; and (ii) coverage; and (iii) range; and (d) typical control panel.
4.7.4
Inertial Navigation Systems (INS) (a) principle of INS navigation; and (b) advantages and disadvantages; and (c) limitations and restrictions: (i) errors, accuracy, reliability; and (ii) coverage; and (iii) range; and (d) typical control panel.

4.7.5 4.7.6
Reserved Satellite Navigation Systems (a) principle of GNSS navigation: elements of GNSS (e.g. GPS, GLONASS); and (b) advantages and disadvantages; and (c) limitations and restrictions: (i) errors, accuracy, reliability; and (ii) coverage; and (iii) range; and (d) typical control panel; and (e) approvals for IFR Navigation; and (f) GPS system enhancements (e.g. DGPS, GLS, WAAS).
4.7.7
Updating Area Navigation Systems (a) need for updating position; and (b) requirements for updating: (i) manual inserting; and (ii) automatic updating; and (iii) inhibiting updating; and (c) common indications when system updates position.
5 5.1 5.1.1
Flight Performance and Planning Take-off and Landing Performance Terminology (a) speeds: (i) V1, VR, V2; and (ii) VS and derivatives (e.g. 1.3 VS); and (iii) max rate and max angle climb speed; and (iv) VMCA, VMCG; and (v) lap retraction speed schedule; and (b) distances: (i) TORR/TORA, TODR/TODA, ASDR/ASDA, LDR/LDA; and (ii) balanced field length; and (iii) clearway, stopway; and
5.1.1.1 Define and use the following terms in correct context:

(c) weights: (i) TOW/MTOW, LW/MLW, ZFW/MZFW; and (ii) basic operating weight; and (iii) useable fuel; and (iv) payload; and (d) take-off segments: first, second, third and fourth segments; and (e) pavement segments: (i) LCN, CAN, PCN; and (ii) pavement concession; and (iii) wheel loading. 5.1.2 Take-off performance
5.1.2.1 Runway
(a) explain derivation/basis of take-off distance; and (b) explain derivation/basis of accelerate-stop distance: (i) delay factors assumed; and (ii) use of reverse thrust; and (c) explain derivation/basis of V1; and (d) explain concept of balanced field length; and (e) clearways and stop-ways: (i) explain function; and (ii) explain effect on V1; and (iii) explain effect on TOW when runway-limited; and (f) VR and V2: (i) explain interrelationship with V1; and (ii) explain range of acceptable values; and (g) explain allowance for head/tail wind; and (h) explain allowance for abnormal runway surfaces: (i) wet; and (ii) standing water/snow; and (iii) gravel.
5.1.2.2 Take-off climb
(a) explain concept/purpose of take-off segments; and

(b) describe composition of segments and calculate: (i) first; and (ii) second; and (iii) third; and (iv) fourth; and (c) take-off climb gradients: (i) explain distinction between gross and net gradient; and (ii) explain purpose of net gradient; and (d) explain and calculate gradients required in each segment: (i) gross and net; and (ii) two-, three- and four-engine aircraft; and (e) specify and calculate obstacle clearance requirements: (i) take-off area (IMC case only); and (ii) vertical clearance; and (f) curved departures - specify: (i) point at which turn may commence; and (ii) bank angle; and (iii) vertical clearance.
5.1.2.3 Take-off weight restrictions
(a) explain factors affecting the maximum permissible take-off weight: (i) structural limit; and (ii) TODA limit; and (iii) ASDA limit; and (iv) second-segment climb limit; and (v) effect of different flap settings on: (A) lift-off speed; and (B) (C) lift-off distance; and second segment performance; and
(b) effect of increased V2 (V2 over-speed) on: (i) lift-off speed; and (ii) lift-off distance; and (iii) second segment climb performance; and (c) typical penalties applied for non-standard take-off on: (i) line-up allowance, e.g. back-tracking on runway; and (ii) non-availability of reverse thrust; and

(iii) non-availability of anti-skid braking; and (iv) non-availability of ground spoilers; and (v) abnormal runway surface.
5.1.2.4 Effects of operating technique
(a) discuss effects of early or late rotation speed on: (i) runway distance to lift-off; and (ii) vertical clearance at runway end; and (b) effects of too-rapid or too-slow rotation rate on: (i) runway distance to lift-off; and (ii) obstacle clearance; and (c) possibility of tail-strike or stall with early or rapid rotation.
5.1.2.5 Take-off thrust de-rating
(a) explain the concept of de-rated thrust; and (b) describe typical restrictions/limitations on use of de-rate; and (c) calculate typical de-rate values. 5.1.3 Take-off application (a) use a typical Operations Manual data to determine either: (i) MTOW on given runway; or (ii) min runway length at given take-off weight; and incorporating any or all of the following variables: 5.1.4 runway slope wet runway wind component temperature altitude flap setting engine type and/or power derate setting obstacles of various heights at various distances; and
(b) use typical Operations Manual data to determine V1, VR and V2. Landing performance
5.1.4.1 Runway
(a) explain derivation/basis of landing distance on: (i) certification landing technique; and (ii) factoring; and

(b) discuss the effect of normal/abnormal runway surfaces; and (c) explain allowance for wind.
5.1.4.2 Approach and touch-down
(a) explain determination/basis of VREF: (i) nominally 1.3VS; and (ii) typical additives for gust; and (b) explain nominal approach path: (i) three-degree slope; and (ii) runway aim point (1 000 feet from threshold); and (iii) threshold crossing height; and (iv) compare with certification landing technique; and (c) describe effect of different flap settings on: (i) approach speed; and (ii) visibility (cockpit cut-off angle); and (iii) low-speed stability; and (iv) go-around capability.
5.1.4.3 Flight Path Gradients landing
(a) net path at 1 500 feet above airfield; (b) missed approach climb: (i) discuss configuration; and (ii) describe required gradients; and (iii) explain factors involved for two-, three- and four-engine aircraft; and (c) landing climb: (i) discuss configuration; and (ii) describe required gradients; and (iii) explain factors involved for two-, three- and four-engine aircraft.
5.1.4.4 Landing weight restrictions
(a) factors affecting the maximum permissible landing weight: (i) discuss structural limits factors; and (ii) explain LDA limit; and (iii) describe missed approach climb limit; and (iv) explain landing climb limit; and (v) discuss typical penalties applied for non-standard landing: (A) non-availability of reverse thrust; and

(B) (C)
non-availability of anti-skid; and non-availability of ground spoilers; and
(b) discuss abnormal runway surface factors.

5.1.4.5 Effects of operating technique
(a) discuss effect of: (i) excessive touchdown speed; (ii) effect of late touchdown: (iii) prolonged flare/holding off. (iv) delayed reverse thrust. 5.1.5 Landing application (a) Use typical Operations Manual data to determine either: (i) MLW on given runway; or (ii) min runway length at given landing weight incorporating any or all of the following variables: runway slope wet runway wind component temperature altitude
flap setting; and
(b) use typical Operations Manual data to determine VREF.

Note For examination purposes, candidates will be expected to be able to determine a maximum take-off or landing weight, taking into account the various limiting factors applicable to the (given) circumstances, and deciding which of those factors is the critically limiting one. TOW may also be limited by a cruise or landing consideration. Candidates may also be asked to determine limiting variables; e.g.: What is the limiting temperature at which a (given) take-off can be made?
5.2 5.2.1
Climb, Cruise And Descent Performance Terminology long range cruise (LRC) specific range point of no return (PNR) point of safe diversion (PSD) equi-time point (ETP) ISA and temperature derivatives (e.g. ISA+10).
5.2.1.1 Define and use terms in correct context:
5.2.2
Speed/thrust management
5.2.2.1 Basis of speed/thrust management
(a) relate basic theory on: (i) drag (thrust) versus speed; and (ii) thrust/speed required for min drag; and (iii) thrust/speed required for min fuel consumption; and (iv) specific range; and (v) thrust available versus thrust required; and (vi) excess thrust; and (vii) climb speeds; and (viii) best rate of climb; and (ix) best angle of climb; and (b) explain effect of altitude and temperature variations on: (i) fuel consumption; and (ii) range; and (iii) pecific range; and (iv) rate of climb.
5.2.2.2 Effect of operational decisions
(a) discuss factors affecting choice of cruise speed: (i) direct costs; and (ii) indirect costs; and (iii) scheduled departure/arrival times; and (iv) effect on connecting flights; and (v) effects of competition; and (vi) making up for delayed departure; and (b) explain factors that influence selection of the following cruise schedules: (i) economic cruise; and (ii) LRC; and (iii) use of high speed cruise; and (iv) selection of cruise altitude; and (v) performance index for FMS input; and (c) explain factors that influence selection of descent point: (i) fuel used on descent; and (ii) fuel used at low level; and (iii) effect of early/late descent; and
(d) discuss engine-out considerations on operational decisions.

5.2.2.3 En route flight path gradients
(a) explain how en route climb gradient is determined for: (i) two-engine aircraft; and (ii) three- and four-engine aircraft; and (b) explain how en route obstacle clearance (IMC case) is determined: (i) horizontal distance from obstacles; and (ii) vertical clearance of obstacles; and (iii) net gradient required at minimum clearance; and (c) drift-down procedure explain increased vertical clearance required. 5.2.3 Climb application Given appropriate initial data, including variations from ISA, use typical Operations Manual information to determine: (a) time/distance/fuel used to a given altitude, or altitude reached after a given time or distance; and (b) fuel/distance/time requirements for intermediate level changes. 5.2.4 Cruise and descent application Given appropriate initial data, including variations from ISA, use typical Operations Manual information to determine, under normal and engine-out conditions: (a) maximum and optimum cruise levels; and (b) TAS and fuel consumption at specified altitudes, adjusting for use of air conditioning packs, bleed air, etc as required; and (c) max weight or temperature at which specified performance and/or altitudes can be attained; and (d) holding speeds and fuel consumption at specified and optimum altitudes; and (e) appropriate descent points and calculate time/fuel used on descent. 5.3 5.3.1 Weight and Balance Terminology CG moment arm CG index CG envelope loading zones
5.3.1.1 Define and apply in correct context the following terms and concepts:

5.3.2
floor limits basic weight zero-fuel weight average weights for passengers and baggage approved load control system.
Basic weight and balance (a) apply basic theory of CG and moments including: (i) CG index; and (ii) CG envelope; and (b) define and apply standard terminology for the following weights: (i) basic weight; and (ii) operating weight; and (iii) zero-fuel weight; and (iv) fuel weight; and (v) payload; and (c) describe the consequences of overloading on: (i) take-off performance; and (ii) climb/cruise performance; and (iii) aircraft structure; and (d) explain the requirement for passenger seat allocation and the need to control seating changes in large aircraft.
5.3.3
Load control system (a) explain the purpose/function of a Weight Control Authority; and (b) describe the responsibilities of approved load controllers (ALC); and (c) specify when pilots may assume responsibilities of ALC; and (d) explain the requirements for (and contents of a ) load sheet:
5.3.4
Weight and balance application (a) given appropriate initial data use typical Operations Manual information to extract weight and balance data to determine any or all of the following: (i) CG at empty weight; and (ii) movement of CG with addition of fuel and payload; and (iii) movement of CG due to fuel consumption in flight; and (iv) effect on CG of raising/lowering undercarriage and/or flaps; and (b) determine CG limits for take-off, cruise and landing; and

(c) determine adjustments (if any) required to fuel or payload to permit operations within the CG envelope.
Note Passenger load may be presented as block loads (e.g. 24 adults in Zone A, 36 adults and four children in Zone B, etc)
5.3.4.1 Given appropriate initial data, assess a completed weight and balance proforma and determine whether it is acceptable for flight. 5.4 5.4.1 Flight Planning Complete a practical flight planning exercise using specified initial conditions and typical Operations Manual data. Other conditions may be inserted or varied en route for test purposes. The exercise is intended as a consolidated test of a candidates ability to apply flight planning, performance and navigational principles, and will include: (a) calculation of take-off limits: (i) selection of runway; and (ii) payload/fuel uplift capability; and (iii) MTOW including limits imposed by cruise or landing factors; and (iv) calculation of V-speeds and take-off distances; and (b) preparation of a weight and balance proforma adjustment of load/fuel if required; and (c) selection of route and altitude: (i) allowing for wind and temperature; and (ii) based on (given) forecast or actual conditions; and synoptic SIGMET upper winds TAF/METARs; and
(iii) including departure, destination and alternate requirements; and (d) preparation of a fuel plan: (i) sector fuel burns; and (ii) total fuel burn; and (iii) alternate and reserve fuel; and (iv) total fuel required; and (e) preparation of a navigation plan: (i) sector times, distances, tracks; and (ii) headings and groundspeeds; and (iii) minimum en route altitudes; and (iv) allowance for climb and descent; and

(f) in-flight computations, revisions or replanning: (i) fuel state, fuel requirements, fuel reserves; and (ii) navigational progress; and (iii) tracks, ETAs, en route wind; and (iv) diversion from track; and (v) change of cruising level; and (vi) engine-out flight; and (vii) holding; and (viii) assisting in search; and (g) interpretation of AIP maps and symbols; and (h) interpretation of (given) ATC requirements: (i) SID and/or STAR routings; and (ii) DME descent steps; and (i) calculation of CP, ETP and PNR: (i) normal; and (ii) engine-out; and (iii) depressurised; and (j) ETOPS considerations. 6 6.1 6.1.1 Meteorology The Atmosphere Structure of the atmosphere (a) describe the composition and extent; and (b) recall vertical division (to lower stratosphere only); and (c) define the international standard atmosphere. 6.1.2 Pressure, temperature and density (a) explain the interrelationship of pressure, temperature and density; and (b) explain barometric pressure, isobars, pressure gradient, causes and effect of localised pressure variations; and (c) recall pressure, temperature and density variation with height; and (d) in respect of temperature variation, explain: (i) lapse rate within the troposphere; and (ii) surface effects (over land and water); and (iii) diurnal variation; and (iv) effect of clouds (on surface radiation); and

(v) inversions; and (vi) expression of temperature in terms of ISA deviation; and (e) adiabatic processes: (i) meaning of adiabatic; and (ii) dry air; and (iii) evaporation; and (iv) condensation; and (v) latent heat; and (vi) saturated air; and (f) temperature inversions: (i) explain development of; and (ii) describe types; and (iii) describe influence on the weather; and (g) stability and instability: (i) explain DALR, SALR, ELR; and (ii) recall the interrelationship of DALR, SALR, ELR to stable and unstable conditions; and (iii) explain conditional instability; and (iv) explain stability changes caused by: 6.1.3 Humidity (a) recall water vapour distribution in the atmosphere; and (b) explain the effect of water vapour on density; and (c) define: (i) dewpoint; and (ii) relative humidity; and (d) use the surface dew point and temperature to estimate cloud base; and radiation turbulence convection advection subsidence convergence divergence precipitation.

(e) air density, aerodynamic performance and engine efficiency: (i) compare the density of dry and moist air; and (ii) explain the effect of high humidity; and (iii) recall the variation of air density with height; and (iv) define density altitude and explain the effect of variations. 6.2 6.2.1 Clouds And Precipitation Cloud (a) identify types of cloud and level at which found: (i) stratus; (ii) cumulus; (iii) cirrus; (b) identify variations of basic types: (i) strato(ii) cumulo(iii) nimbo(iv) alto-; (c) recall conditions (turbulence, icing, visibility, precipitation) associated with types of cloud. 6.2.2 Formation of cloud (a) explain the formation of clouds by: (i) convective ascent; and (ii) turbulent mixing; and (iii) orographic ascent; and (iv) frontal surfaces; and (b) describe the cloud formation process and cloud type given DALR, SALR, and environmental lapse rate; with and without inversions present. 6.2.3 Precipitation (a) explain how precipitation forms; and (b) describe types: (i) drizzle, rain, snow, hail; and (ii) distinction between showers and rain; and (c) describe the characteristics of precipitation: (i) orographic; and (ii) frontal; and (iii) showers; and
(d) discuss hazards presented by precipitation: (i) reduced visibility (e.g. landing); and (ii) icing (airframe, control surfaces, jet intakes); and (iii) radar masking (water layer on radome); and (iv) weight/impact (severe rain on large aircraft); and (v) hydroplaning (on landing); and (vi) ingestion by jet engines. 6.2.4 Thunderstorms (a) describe the development of a single cell: (i) prerequisite conditions; and (ii) stages of development; and (iii) structure of mature cell; and (b) describe hazards presented by a thunderstorm: (i) down-draught (near ground); and (ii) turbulence; and (iii) icing; and (iv) lightning; and (v) windshear; and (c) in respect of flight near thunderstorms: (i) identify hazards in flight close to thunderstorms; and (ii) explain optimum flight paths/flight levels if penetration of a thunderstorm is necessary; and (iii) identify wet and dry microbursts and squall line thunderstorms; and (iv) describe wind behaviour on the passage of a microburst and around squall line thunderstorms; and (d) from a synoptic chart, identify areas likely to produce frontal, pre-frontal and convergence thunderstorms. 6.3 6.3.1 Motion of the Atmosphere Wind and Pressure (a) recall the relationship between isobars and wind recall and apply Buys Ballots Law; and (b) explain the forces affecting wind strength and direction below and above the friction layer:
Note formulae are not required.
pressure gradient; and coriolis force; and

radient wind; and convergence and divergence; and
(c) recall the factors giving rise to diurnal variation of wind; and (d) explain the mechanisms that cause turbulence; the visual indicators that may be present; and avoidance of or operational options to manage the occurrences: (i) factors affecting turbulence: convection topography and orography Kelvin-Helmholtz waves frontal zones aircraft wake; and
(ii) effect of turbulence on lapse rate. 6.3.2 Local winds Explain formation of the following winds and describe associated flying conditions: (a) land and sea breezes; and (b) anabatic, katabatic and fohn winds; and (c) low level jet. 6.3.3 Mountain effects Explain: (a) the mechanisms that form standing waves and rotors; and (b) conditions favourable to development of (a); and (c) avoidance of or operational options to manage the associated hazards; and (d) the visual indicators that may be present. 6.3.4 Microbursts (a) describe the structure and forces associated with a microburst; and (b) explain meteorological conditions conducive to microburst formation; and (c) identify visual identifying features; and (d) describe hazards presented by microbursts and avoidance of or operational options to manage the associated hazards: (i) wind shear; and (ii) effect on IAS and groundspeed; and (iii) sink rate; and (iv) turbulence; and

(e) summarise wind shear reporting procedures. 6.3.5 Variation of wind with height (a) recall general/common characteristics with increased height on: (i) mechanical turbulence; and (ii) wind speed; and (iii) wind direction; and (b) elementary knowledge of contour charts. 6.4 6.4.1 Visibility Measurement of Visibility (a) terminology: (i) explain what is meant by meteorological visibility (day and night); and (ii) compare in flight visibility with RVR; and (iii) explain how various slant angles affect in flight visibility; and (iv) explain the affect of inversions on in flight visibility; and (v) recall the likely visibility distances in different precipitation (e.g. drizzle, light rain, heavy rain, etc); and (b) reduced visibility compare between fog, mist and haze; and (c) explain hazards presented by reduced visibility: (i) in flight; and (ii) on take-off or landing: unseen obstacles on runway; directional control, especially asymmetric roll control; obstacle avoidance if direction deviates; and
(d) explain the difference between horizontal and vertical visibility; and (e) explain the effects of vertical visibility being greater than horizontal visibility on final approach: (i) impression of greater visibility below aircrafts present height: (A) tendency to duck under glide path; and (B) tendency to allow sink rate to increase; and (ii) reduction of visibility after flaring. 6.4.2 Fog (a) formation of fog: (i) describe how fog forms; and (ii) list prerequisite conditions for the formation of fog; and

(b) explain synoptic conditions favourable to the formation and clearing of: (i) radiation fog; and (ii) advection fog; and (iii) steam fog; and (iv) frontal fog. 6.4.3 Other causes of reduced visibility (a) describe the effects of mist, smoke, dust, sand and sea spray; and (b) describe conditions favourable for such effects to develop. 6.5 6.5.1 Ice Accretion Airframe icing (a) state the process by which airframe ice is formed; and (b) list types of structural icing and the atmospheric conditions associated with each type; and (c) name airframe areas most susceptible to icing including factors affecting: type rate severity; and
(d) state effects of icing on aircraft control surfaces and performance; and (e) describe the temperature range and cloud types associated with rime and clear ice including: (i) concept of visible moisture; and (ii) max and min air temperatures; and (f) list the various types of de-icing and anti-icing equipment available and describe how they work and when to use them; and (g) explain preflight inspection and preparation of control surfaces and airframe in on-ground icing conditions. 6.5.2 Engine icing (turbine engines only) (a) describe conditions conducive to engine icing: (i) atmospheric conditions; and (ii) aircraft conditions; and (b) list sections of engine most susceptible to icing including factors affecting: type rate severity; and
(c) describe symptoms and indicators of engine icing.

6.5.3
Reports of icing: (a) recall requirement to report; and (b) explain classification of degree of icing.
6.6 6.6.1
Airmasses And Fronts Properties of an air mass (a) define an air mass; and (b) describe the factors affecting the properties of an air mass including a description of an air mass.
6.6.2
Classification of airmasses (a) list the different air mass classifications; and (b) explain how an air mass is modified as it moves over different surfaces.
6.6.3
Basic synoptic analysis (a) interpret the following weather chart features to identify relationship with air masses: isobars high and low pressure areas: fronts troughs; and
(b) interpret the boundaries between air masses: (i) non-frontal boundaries; and (ii) general/common situations: 6.6.4 Fronts (a) warm fronts, explain the following: (i) formation/mechanism of warm front; and (ii) associated clouds and weather; and (iii) flight conditions presented by warm fronts; and (b) cold fronts, explain the following: (i) formation/mechanism of cold front; and (ii) associated clouds and weather; and (iii) flight conditions presented by cold fronts; and (c) occluded fronts, explain the following: (i) formation/mechanism of occluded front; and ridges cols.

(ii) associated clouds and weather; and (iii) flight conditions presented by occluded fronts; and (d) quasi-stationary fronts, explain the following: (i) formation/mechanism of quasi-stationary front; and (ii) associated clouds and weather; and (iii) flight conditions presented by quasi-stationary fronts. 6.7 6.7.1 Air Masses and Frontal Analysis Frontal depressions (a) explain how frontal depressions are formed; and (b) warm and cold fronts describe the occlusion process; and (c) describe global wind regimes and weather patterns; and (d) identify depression families and troughs; and (e) describe flight conditions in and over depressions. 6.7.2 Non-frontal depressions (a) describe associated weather and flying conditions; and (b) explain thermal, orographic and secondary depressions. 6.7.3 Anticyclones 3 (a) explain general properties of anticyclones; and (b) describe general properties of cold and warm anticyclones. 6.7.4 Stream weather (a) state general properties of streams; and (b) describe weather to be expected in typical stream situations. 6.8 6.8.1 Synoptic Charts Presentation of synoptic charts (a) identify common symbology and presentation of data; and (b) interpret data. 6.8.2 Basic analysis and prognostic rules (a) describe movement of pressure systems and development of pressure systems in the Australian region; and (b) describe movement of fronts and development of fronts; and (c) analyse synoptic charts: (i) in the next one to two hours; and (ii) in the next 24 hours.

6.8.3
Aviation significance of synoptic chart (a) apply data from a synoptic chart to the selection of a route and destination/alternate; and (b) interpret data from a synoptic chart to estimate the surface weather expected at a selected point, at the time represented by the chart or at a time shortly later: (i) surface wind; and (ii) type, amount and base of lowest cloud; and (iii) probability of rain; and (iv) probability of other features significant to aviation (e.g. dust, fog, etc).
Note For examination purposes, candidates will be expected to discriminate between suggested winds, cloud cover, etc, to determine which is most probable at a nominated place.
6.9 6.9.1
Upper Level Weather The tropopause (a) for the atmospheric division represented by the tropopause, state the temperature profile below and above the tropopause. (b) state variation in height of tropopause: (i) at different latitudes; and (ii) in different seasons; and (c) describe variation in wind in the vicinity of the tropopause; and (d) state the temperature profile above the tropical and polar tropopause.
6.9.2
Upper level jet streams and CAT (a) define a jet stream; and (b) compare the strengths of typical tropical and polar jets; and (c) state conditions which may affect the strength and location of jet streams; and (d) recall that wind shear is usually greater on the polar side of the jet than on the equatorial side; and (e) list/identify signs which would suggest the presence of a jet stream and/or CAT; and (f) state pilot actions which would minimise the effect of CAT whilst flying: (i) in the vicinity of a jet core; and (ii) in CAT not associated with a jet stream.
6.9.3
Flight conditions associated with (a) describe the flight conditions dense jet stream cirrus and cirrus haze; and (b) state lateral and vertical clearance required for flight at high level in the vicinity of well developed thunderstorm tops.

6.10
Upper Level Weather Charts
6.10.1 Presentation of charts (a) recall types of charts: (i) upper level prognostic charts (brief general discussion only); and (ii) SIGWX charts; and (iii) gridpoint wind and temperature forecasts; and (b) identify presentation of data and symbology used in the different charts; and (c) recall altitudes/mb levels commonly charted. 6.10.2 Application of upper level charts (a) apply data from an upper level chart to the selection of a route and destination/alternate; and (b) interpret data from an upper level chart in terms of its aviation significance. 6.11 Climatology
6.11.1 Global pressure distribution (a) average surface pressure and temperature distribution over the world; and (b) explain global circulation: (i) average circulation patterns in the troposphere and low stratosphere and their seasonal variation; and (ii) upper winds, stream lines and seasonal variation; and (c) explain the Inter Tropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ) and its associated weather. 6.11.2 Monsoonal Weather (a) explain the annual onset and abatement of the Indonesia-Australia monsoon; and (b) state typical wet and dry weather seasons and conditions in a monsoonal area; and (c) explain flight conditions presented by monsoonal weather; and (d) explain active and non active cycles in the monsoon period. 6.11.3 Tropical storms (a) list the prerequisites for development of a tropical storm: (i) climatic; and (ii) equatorial latitudes; and (b) state global breeding grounds of tropical storms and match terminology with the intensity of various tropical storms/cyclones; and (c) explain the typical life history of storm; and

(d) describe flight conditions presented by tropical storms location of severest weather in relation to storm centre; and (e) describe the occurrence of tropical storms to Australia and near neighbours. 6.12 Met Observations
6.12.1 Standard observation methods (a) state the standard methods of measuring: (i) visibility; and (ii) cloud height; and (iii) pressure; and (iv) temperature; and (v) humidity; and (vi) surface wind; and (vii) upper winds. 6.12.2 Q Codes Define the code groups QFE and QNH: define area QNH.
6.12.3 In-flight observations (a) recall requirement for in-flight observations by crew members; and (b) describe reporting criteria; and (c) describe the form and circumstances in which observations are made and reported in the AIP Format for Full Position Report. 6.12.4 Satellite observations (a) summarise the use of satellite visual and infra red images to identify weather systems and air masses (e.g. frontal regions, thunderstorms, etc and also to show areas of smoke, dust, volcanic ash); and (b) explain the limitations of such observations. 6.12.5 Australian flight weather documentation (a) decipher and interpret weather forecast or report in common use in Australia for aviation purposes; and (b) decode TAF, METAR and SIGMET messages; and (c) state the function of TREND type forecasts and the criteria for their use.

7 7.1 7.1.1 7.1.2 7.2 7.2.1
Human Factors Definition and scope of Human Factors Reasons for studying Human Factors The scope of Human factors the SHEL model Physiology and the aviation environment Basic concepts (a) metabolism; and (b) oxygen requirement of tissues; and (c) composition of the atmosphere; and (d) the gas laws.
7.2.2
The respiratory system and circulation of the blood (a) interrelationship of respiration and circulation; and (b) composition and function of the blood; and (c) blood pressure: (i) control of blood pressure; and (ii) hypo/hypertension; and (iii) hemodynamic effects of acceleration; and (d) the respiratory system: (i) functional anatomy; and (ii) gas exchange;* and (iii) ventilation;* and (e) Hyperventilation: (i) definition and causes; and (ii) symptoms and treatment.
7.2.3
High altitude and the pressure cabin (a) hypoxia: (i) definition, types and causes;* and (ii) aggravating factors; and (iii) symptoms and treatment; and (b) time of useful consciousness; and (c) entrapped gases; barotrauma; and (d) rapid decompression: (i) effects; and

(ii) immediate actions to counteract: pilot, aircraft, cabin; and (e) other high altitude factors: (i) ozone; and (ii) radiation; and (iii) low relative humidity; and (f) Scuba diving and flying: (i) risks; and (ii) precautions; and (iii) rules. 7.2.4 Body rhythms, fatigue and sleep (a) fatigue: (i) definition; and (ii) causes; and (iii) types and symptoms; and (iv) prevention and treatment; and (b) the biological clock; and (c) circadian dysrhythmia: (i) causes (shift work, time-zone crossings); and (ii) symptoms; and (iii) treatment; and (d) sleep: (i) functions; and (ii) patterns; and (iii) effects and treatment of disturbances; and (iv) cockpit napping. 7.2.5 Dehydration (a) dehydration: (i) causes; and (ii) symptoms; and (iii) rate of onset; and (iv) water requirements versus ambient temperature; and (v) effect on physical activity; and (vi) effect on mental ability; and (vii) action to rehydrate; and (viii) fluids suitable for rehydration.
7.2.6
Anxiety and stress (a) anxiety: (i) definition; and (ii) effects; and (iii) defence mechanisms and other coping strategies; and (b) acute stress: (i) definition; and (ii) characteristics and effects; and (iii) handling overload and underload; and (c) critical incident stress: (i) stages; and (iii) susceptibility factors; and (iii) coping techniques; and (d) Chronic stress: (i) nature and consequences; and (ii) stressors: individual, work, home, social; and (iii) signs of chronic stress; and (iv) management techniques; and
7.2.7
Intoxication (a) tobacco; and (b) alcohol; and (c) other drugs and self-medication; and (d) other toxic materials.
7.2.8
Sundry health hazards and coping techniques (a) diabetes; and (b) hyper/hypotension; and (c) obesity; and (d) tropical diseases and precautions; and (e) epidemic diseases; and (f) common minor ailments (colds, influenza. gastro-intestinal upsets); and (g) health maintenance strategies.
7.2.9
Incapacitation (a) causes and symptoms: (i) gastro-intestinal; and

(ii) cardio-vascular; and (iii) side effects of drugs and medication; and (iv) migraine; and (v) epilepsy; and (vi) brain disorders; and (vii) barotrauma; and (b) recognition: insidious and sudden incapacitation; and (c) handling procedures. 7.3 7.3.1 Human Information Processing The General System (a) central and peripheral nervous system; and (b) sensory threshold , sensitivity, adaptation, habituation; and (c) reflexes and biological control systems; and (d) information processing by the central nervous system: (i) mental set, attention (divided, selective, failure); and (ii) channel capacity, filtering; and (iii) mechanisms of perception, constancies, selective perception. 7.3.2 Memory (a) functional description; and (b) information storage and recall: (i) short-term memory; and (ii) long-term memory; and (iii) effects of stress and time of day. 7.3.3 The Senses (a) vision: (i) functional anatomy of the eye; and (ii) physiology of the visual system; and (iii) visual acuity, refraction and refractive errors, presbyopia; and (iv) the visual field, scanning of the environment; and (v) binocular vision; and (vi) the intra-ocular pressure, glaucoma; and (vii) hypoxia and vision; and (viii) night vision (dark adaptation) defective colour vision; and

(b) hearing: (i) functional anatomy of the ear; and (ii) physiology of hearing; and (iii) hearing loss: perceptive, conductive; and (iv) flight-related hazards: noise-induced hearing loss, barotrauma; and (c) equilibrium: (i) functional anatomy and physiology; and (ii) detection of rotary and linear acceleration; and (iii) the subjective vertical; and (iv) motion sickness. 7.3.4 Integration of sensory inputs: spatial disorientation and illusions (a) basic concepts and definitions; and (b) categories of disorientation; and (i) flight circumstances; and (ii) visual illusions: the black hole illusion, autokinesis, false horizon, illusions encountered in manoeuvring, approach and landing; and (iv) equilibrium system illusions: coriolis effect, vertigo, pressure vertigo, flicker vertigo, somatogravic and somatogyral illusion, the leans; and (v) prevention and handling of disorientation. 7.4 7.4.1 Human Behaviour General Concepts (a) personality (i) characteristics, traits; and (ii) individual differences; and (iii) self concept; and (b) attitudes: (i) definition and determining factors: contrast beliefs and opinions; and (ii) relevance to safety; and (iii) relevance to risk management; and (iv) attitude changes; and (v) prejudice; and (vi) cognitive dissonance; and (vii) stereotyping; and (c) behaviour and skills: (i) drives; and

(ii) learning; and (iii) motivation: Maslows Hierarchy of Needs, Herzbergs two-factor theory; and (iv) influence of motivation on learning, performance and morale; and (d) human error and reliability: (i) human error; and (ii) types of error; and (iii) minimizing occurrence; minimizing consequences; and (iv) reliability of human behaviour; and (v) latent error: the REASON model; and (vi) managing latent error. 7.4.2 Judgment and decision making (a) pilot judgment concepts: (i) what is judgment?; and (ii) types of judgment: perceptual, cognitive; and (iii) process of judgment; and (iv) importance of judgment in flying; and (v) attitudes, knowledge, skills, experience; and (vi) awareness of limitations of pilot, aircraft, time remaining, environment; and (vii) identifying and countering hazardous attitudes; and (b) aeronautical decision-making: (i) decision-making concepts and models; and (ii) limitations in working with information; and (iii) recognizing, assessing and managing risk; and (iv) factors in single-pilot and crew decision-making; and (vi) decision-making traps: simple rules law of small numbers wishful thinking confirmation bias get-home-it is aiming for perfection at any cost gamblers fallacy false hypothesis

experience biases problems with checklists; and
(c) situational awareness (SA): (i) definition; and (ii) components; and (iii) individual and crew SA; and (iv) recognizing and managing loss of SA; and (v) maintaining SA. 7.5 7.5.1 Flight Management The crew (a) the cockpit/cabin environment: making best use of resources in: (i) a single-pilot aircraft; and (ii) a crew of two pilots only; and (iii) larger crews; and (iv) the larger team of the total aviation environment; and (b) the dynamics of working in a crew: (i) small group dynamics; and (ii) team performance; and (iii) structure, atmosphere, norms, pressures; and (c) leadership: (i) qualities; and (ii) styles; and (iii) concern for task, team, individual; and (iv) situational leadership; and (v) power distance; and (d) communication: (i) verbal and non-verbal communication; and (ii) communication skills; and (iii) listening skills; and (iv) questioning skills; and (v) communication styles, including assertive and supportive behaviour, and resolving differences; and (vi) techniques for avoiding miscommunication; and (vii) recognizing cultural differences.

7.5.3
Working with automation: (a) advanced equipment such as FMS, INS, GPS, ACAS, ACARS, GPWS,EICAS, HUD, etc; and (b) cockpit design issues; and (c) differences in working methods; and (d) advantages and disadvantages;

E. E.1 E.1.1 E.1.2
Instrument Rating Knowledge Standards Introduction This syllabus provides details of the aeronautical knowledge requirements of an instrument rating. The syllabus is to be read in conjunction with Parts 20, 40 and 48 of the Civil Aviation Orders. Knowledge of these Orders may not be tested in the written examination. The written examination will be based on the aeronautical knowledge syllabus detailed below. Candidates may refer to AIP (complete including Aerodrome Directory) and Parts 20 to 99 of the Civil Aviation Orders during the written examination. However, the candidate should be aware that time constraints in the written examination may be such that automatic recall of many items will be required to complete the examination in the time allowed. The items recommended for recall are annotated with an asterisk. A knowledge of Australian climatology as provided in the Bureau of Meteorology publication, Manual of Meteorology, Parts 1 and 2, is assumed. The seasonal variations in the location and frequency of the following phenomena are emphasised: (a) frontal weather; and (b) tropical cyclones; and (c) dust devils; and (d) thunderstorms; and (e) jetstreams; and (e) fog.
E.1.3
E.1.4
E.2 1 2
Standards Determine the action necessary to obtain the meteorological documentation required by AIP for a flight to any aerodrome in Australia. Use any meteorological document specified in AIP MET to determine the feasibility of an IFR. flight in accordance with the requirements of AIP RAC/OPS-1 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS. All requirements are to be considered either singly or in combination at candidates initiative. 24 Civil Aviation Order 40.2.1 Given air temperature in clear air or in cloud, determine approximate height of freezing level, using a temperature lapse rate of 3C per 1 000 feet in clear air and 1.5C in cloud. Given pilot observations, either in clear air or in cloud, of any 1 or more of the following phenomena turbulence, precipitation, temperature, cloud type predict the probability and likely duration of: (a) airframe icing; and (b) hail; and
*3
*4

(c) micro bursts and wind shear; and (d) turbulence (including CAT). 5 Use GPWT wind velocity data to: (a) predict the probability of CAT; and (b) identify forecast jetstream. *6 Recall the flying conditions likely to be associated with any phenomenon listed in meteorological documents enumerated in AIP MET. Flying conditions are defined as the descriptions given in Manual of Meteorology, Part 2. List the information provided by the Volmet service as detailed in AIP. For a radio navigation aid referred to in subparagraph 6.5 (b): (a) understand the principles of operation, indications and limitations of the navigation aid; and (b) extract from AIP: (i) the rated coverage of the radio navigation aids considering aircraft location, altitude and time of day; and (ii) pilot navigation tolerances. *9 For NDB bearings: (a) predict the sense of the error caused by coastal refraction; and (b) recall the fact that thunderstorms may cause unreliable bearings; and (c) recall indications of station passage. *10 For VOR bearings: (a) recall the cockpit indications of scalloping; and (b) recall indications of station passage. 11 Given heading and relative NDB bearings: (a) calculate track to and from the NDB; and (b) fix position given relative bearings of 2 stations; and (c) calculate drift relative to planned track; and (d) calculate the relative bearing which will indicate the aircraft is abeam a station; and (e) calculate the relative bearing which will indicate that a desired track to or from an NDB has been intercepted, given the intercept heading; and (f) calculate the heading to steer to intercept desired inbound track before reaching the NDB. 12 13 State the VOR radial the aircraft is on given appropriate cockpit instrument indications including course needle indications of up to 4 dots from central. State VOR OBS settings required to provide command indications when flying on given tracks both to and from the VOR.
7 8

14 15 16
Fix position, given cockpit instrument indications utilising VOR and NDB stations. State the instrument indications showing that the aircraft is abeam the VOR on a given track. Calculate the heading to steer to intercept track to or from a VOR, given original heading and progressive instrument indications showing that the aircraft is drifting away from the desired track. Fix position, given instrument indications utilising a DME and either NDB or VOR. Recall the prohibition on the operation of aircraft radar equipment within 37 m or 60 m of refuelling equipment, persons or cargo, other aircraft and hangars, as specified in Civil Aviation Orders. Plan IFR. flights between any aerodromes in Australia. (a) The following factors are to be considered: (i) pilot qualifications: fitness: CAO section 48.0, paragraph 1.4; recent experience: CAO section 40.2.1, subsections 11 and 14; limitations on IFR. flight as specified in the flight manual; AIP and CAOs.
17 18
19
(ii) aircraft certification: (iii) airways operational requirements as specified in: (b) The following concepts are emphasised: (i) whether or not the flight may proceed is to be determined by the pilot on his or her own initiative; (ii) route selection limitations: as specified in AIP, RAC/OPS and ERS; and LSALT and freezing level; and LSALT and engine out aircraft performance;
(iii) determination of LSALT for routes not shown in AIP map; (iv) table of cruising levels; (v) alternate aerodrome requirements: weather; and navigation aids; and lighting (including personnel in attendance requirements); and availability of weather reports; and divert time;
(vi) holding requirements:

weather; and traffic; pilot night recency requirements; alternate requirements;
(vii) NGT V.F.R. planned on last route segment:
(viii) airways clearance requirements; (ix) determination of take-off criteria including departures from aerodromes without navigation aids and MET minima in the event of an engine failure after take-off. Candidates will be permitted access to AIP, CAOs, MET documentation, NOTAMS Class I and II and operational requirements specified by ATC, i.e., holding and alternates requirements plus aircraft speeds, aircraft endurance, aircraft limitations on IFR .flight as specified in the flight manual. 20 Conduct an IFR flight anywhere in Australia in accordance with airways operations procedures as detailed in AIP RAC/OPS-1, DAP and ERS. Particular emphasis is given to: (a) ATC clearances; and (b) operation of aircraft transponders; and (c) departure procedures: (i) SID; and (ii) OCTA, CTR and GAAP; and (iii) establishing outbound track, including LSALT, traffic and reporting considerations; and (iv) validity of flight plan; and (v) procedures in the event of loss of radio communication; and (d) climb and cruise procedures: (i) changes of level including altimetry; and (ii) amended estimates; and (e) approach and landing procedures: (i) OCTA, CTR and GAAP; and (ii) visual approach procedures; and (iii) procedures in the event of loss of radio communications; and (iv) cancellation of SAR; and (v) landing manoeuvres OCTA; and (vi) V.M.C. separation procedures for IFR. flight under GAAP; and (vii) operation of VHF aerodrome lighting (PAL). * 21 Recall the privileges and limitations conferred by instrument ratings.

* 22 * 23 * 24 * 25 * 26 27 28
Identify the documents required to be carried on an IFR. flight. Recall the minimum obstacle clearance criteria for a missed approach as specified in IAL. Recall the conditions under which an aircraft may descend below minimum safe altitude as detailed in IAL. Recall the circumstances in which a missed approach must be executed. Recall the obstacle clearance provided by the minimum circling altitude for IFR. aircraft as defined in IAL, both day and night. Know the conditions and actions that allow the GNSS receiver to function in the appropriate mode for the successful conduct of a RNAV(GNSS) approach. Know the parameters applicable to tracking tolerances, automatic waypoint sequencing, CDI sensitivity and RAIM availability in each of the following segments: entry RAIM availability initial approach intermediate approach final approach missed approach.
29 30 31 32
State the indications requiring a missed approach to be initiated. Know the parameters applicable to RAIM warnings in the en route, terminal and approach modes. Know the effect of availability or otherwise of baro-aiding on RAIM availability and prediction. Be able to predict RAIM availability at destination and ETA using: aircraft GNSS receiver if available, an external RAIM prediction service.
33 34 35 36
Know the effect of satellite unserviceability on the reliability of each type of prediction. Know the effect of each type of RAIM prediction on operational requirements. Know the operational requirements which apply to planning a flight on the basis of conducting a RNAV(GNSS) procedure at the destination. Be able to describe how the following factors may adversely affect the conduct of a RNAV(GNSS) procedure and describe suitable pilot procedures to minimise those effects: data input functions selection logic automation effects

fixation mode awareness alert modes the control loop situational awareness.

Appendix 6 MP(A)L Competency Standards Contents Unit A1

Unit A2 Unit A3 Unit A4 Unit A5 Unit A6 Unit A7 Unit A8 Unit A13 Unit C1 Unit C2 Unit C3 Unit C4 Unit C5 Unit C6 Unit C7 Unit C8 Unit C9 Unit NVFR1 Unit NVFR2 Unit NVFR3 Unit NVFR6 Unit IF1 Unit IF2 Unit IF3 Unit IF4 Unit IF5 Unit IF6 Unit IF7 Unit IF8 Unit IF9 Unit IF10 Unit IF11 Unit IF12 Unit IF13 Unit IF14 Unit IF15 Unit IF16 Unit IF18 Unit IF19 Unit IF20 Unit IF21 Unit IF22 Unit IF25 Unit: IF26
Control Aeroplane on the Ground Flight Standard
141
Take-Off Aeroplane Flight Standard 143 Control Aeroplane in Normal Flight Flight Standard 145 Land Aeroplane Flight Standard 149 Execute Advanced Manoeuvres and Procedures Flight Standard 151 Manage Abnormal Situations Flight Standard 153 Full Instrument Panel Manoeuvres Flight Standard 156 Limited Instrument Panel Manoeuvres Flight Standard 157 Recover from Spin Flight Standard (Optional) 159 English Communication in the Aviation Environment Flight Standard 160 Manage Pre and Post Flight Actions Flight Standard 162 Operate Radio Flight Standard 163 Manage Fuel Flight Standard 164 Manage Passengers and Cargo - Flight Standard 165 Manage Flight Flight Standard 166 Threat and Error Management Flight Standard 167 Navigate Aircraft Flight Standard 168 Manage Flight During Multi-Crew Operations Flight Standard 171 Flight Management and Operational Fuel Planning Flight Standard 173 Manage Pre- and Post-Flight Actions Flight Standard 175 Operate Aircraft in the Traffic Pattern at Night Flight Standard 176 Manage Abnormal Situations at Night Flight Standard 178 Full Instrument Panel Manoeuvres Flight Standard 180 Limited Instrument Panel Manoeuvres Flight Standard 182 Flight Management and Operational Fuel Planning Flight Standard 184 Management of Pre- and Post-Flight Actions Flight Standard 185 Compliance with Air Traffic Rules and Procedures Flight Standard 186 Management of Emergency Procedures Flight Standard 187 Task Management Flight Standard 189 Operate the Aircraft at Night During IFR Flight Standard 190 Visual Circling Approach Flight Standard 191 NDB Instrument Approach Flight Standard 193 VOR/LOC Instrument Approach Flight Standard 195 Navigation Using GPS (Global Positioning System) Flight Standard 197 GPS/NPA Approach Flight Standard 198 GPS/NPA Approach with Vertical Guidance (APV) [Reserved] 199 ILS Instrument Approach Flight Standard 200 DME/GPS Arrival Flight Standard 202 Perform Standard Arrival Route (STAR) Flight Standard 204 Perform Instrument Departure (Single-Engine) Flight Standard 205 Perform Standard Instrument Departure (SE) Flight Standard 206 Instrument Departure from Aerodrome Without SID or SRD Multi-Engine Aeroplane Flight Standard 207 Standard Instrument Departure Using a SID or SRD Multi-Engine Aeroplane Flight Standard 208 Instrument Approach and Missed Approach with Simulated Engine Failure in a Multi-Engine Aeroplane Flight Standard 209 Multi-Engine Aeroplane (MPL) Flight Standard 211

Unit TR1 Unit TR2 Unit TR3 Unit TR4 Unit TR5 Unit TR6 Unit TR7 Unit TR8
Preflight Procedures Flight Standard Take-Off and Departure Procedures Flight Standard In-Flight Procedures Flight Standard Approach and Landing Procedures Flight Standard Normal Systems Operations Flight Standard Non-Normal and Emergency Procedures Flight Standard Post-Flight Procedures Flight Standard Upset Aircraft Recovery Management (Large Aircraft) Flight Standard
215 218 223 226 230 231 232 233

Unit A1 Control Aeroplane on the Ground Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to start and stop an aeroplane engine, perform all safety requirements, perform pre-taxi functions and manoeuvre an aeroplane on the ground without incident. Element Performance Criteria

A1.1 Start and stop engine
Clears aircraft from obstructions, buildings and other aircraft Clears propeller before start Starts engine in accordance with Flight Manual/POH including hot and cold starts Performs after-start checks from memory in accordance with approved checklist1 Manages start and after-start emergencies from memory in accordance with Flight Manual/POH Shuts down engine in accordance with Flight Manual/POH Performs after-shutdown checks in accordance with approved checklist2 Exercises propeller care and manages adverse effects of propeller wash Complies with manufacturers limitations and reports deviations when appropriate. Requests applicable ATC clearances or MBZ/CTAF broadcasts in accordance with AIPs Confirms serviceability of brakes after park brake release and before taxiing Interprets and complies with taxiway and other aerodrome markings. Note: In the absence of markings, the aircraft is maintained in the centre of the taxiway and at a safe3 distance from obstacles Maintains lookout and right-of-way rules and complies with ATC or marshalling instructions when applicable Adjusts taxi speed to suit aeroplane type, surface conditions, level of congestion, and maintenance of control and to avoid collision with obstacles or other aircraft Applies flying controls, power and brakes to maintain the aircraft on the taxiway centreline (1.5 metres of centreline) while compensating for wind and surface conditions Performs instrument checks in a suitable area clear of traffic and other hazards Ensures final approach path is clear of conflicting traffic on specified or appropriate runway.
A1.2 Taxi aeroplane
A checklist derived from information set out in the Flight Manual/POH, placards or other documents provided with the aircraft, necessary to ensure the safe operation of the aircraft 2 A checklist derived from information set out in the Flight Manual/POH, placards or other documents provided with the aircraft, necessary to ensure the safe operation of the aircraft 3 Means that a manoeuvre or flight is completed without injury to persons, damage to aircraft or breach of aviation safety regulations, while meeting the requirements of the Manual of Standards Part 61.

Range of Variables

Single- or multi-engine aircraft Day VFR Sealed, gravel or grass runways and taxiways Aircraft fitted with electrical or mechanical starters Hand-start aircraft not fitted with electrical or mechanical starters Propeller/rotor wash and jet blast Windsocks Simulated abnormal or emergency situations Limitations, such as those imposed by local noise abatement procedures and curfews. Describe starter motor limitations Explain the cause and effect of fuel vaporisation on start React appropriately to light and marshalling signals Explain how to exercise propeller care Interpret and react appropriately to aerodrome markings, signals and local procedures Explain actions in the event of brake or tyre failure.
Underpinning Knowledge


Unit A2 Take-Off Aeroplane Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to complete pre-take-off checks, take-off aeroplane into wind and crosswind, and perform after-take-off checks. Element Performance Criteria

A2.1 Carry out pre-take-off procedures
Performs approved pre-take-off checklist Performs take-off safety brief prior to runway entry Requests and complies with ATC clearance or broadcast intentions as applicable Ensures final approach path is clear of conflicting traffic on specified or appropriate runway Configures aircraft for take-off and lines up on the centreline at appropriate intersection or full length of runway Aligns aircraft on the centreline of the specified or appropriate runway Performs approved line-up checks. Sets take-off power and confirms engine is operating within limits Accelerates aircraft along the centreline to the take-off safety speed, allowing for wind Rotates aircraft to the target climb attitude at approximately 3 per second Balances aircraft4 Maintains extended centreline of runway or obstacle clearance flight path (10) Maintains nominated climb speed (+5, -0 kts) until clear of obstacles Retracts undercarriage at a safe5 altitude if applicable Retracts flap at a safe altitude if applicable Sets climb power and speed (5 kts) in accordance with manufacturers time limits or at a safe height Rejects take-off for abnormalities prior to reaching take-off safety speed.
A2.2 Take-off aeroplane
4 5
The skid ball in the balance indicator is less than a quarter of the ball diameter from the centre. Means that a manoeuvre or flight is completed without injury to persons, damage to aircraft or breach of aviation safety regulations, while meeting the requirements of the Manual of Standards Part 61.

Element
Performance Criteria

A2.3 Take-off aeroplane in a crosswind
Sets take-off power and confirms engine is operating within limits Accelerates aircraft along the centreline to the take-off safety speed, allowing for wind Maintains wings level Rotates aircraft to the target climb attitude at approximately 3 per second Balances aircraft Maintains extended centreline of runway or obstacle clearance flight path (10) Maintains nominated climb speed (+5, -0 kts) until clear of obstacles Retracts undercarriage at a safe altitude if applicable Retracts flap at a safe altitude if applicable Sets climb power and speed (5 kts) in accordance with manufacturers time limits or at a safe height Rejects take-off for abnormalities prior reaching to take-off safety speed. Performs after-take-off checks in accordance with approved checklist at a safe height Complies with ATC instructions if applicable Maintains separation from other aircraft.
A2.4 Carry out after-take-off procedures
Range of Variables

Single- or multi-engine aircraft Day VFR Sealed, gravel or grass runways and taxiways Propeller/rotor wash and jet blast Windsocks Aircraft operated to crosswind limits, minimum assessment to 70% of maximum crosswind component. Simulated abnormal or emergency situations Simulated hazardous weather Limitations, such as those imposed by local noise abatement procedures and curfews. Calculate crosswind components Explain factors affecting take-off and initial climb performance Interpret windsock indications, stating wind direction and speed.


Unit A3 Control Aeroplane in Normal Flight Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to control an aeroplane while climbing, descending and turning, in straight and level flight at slow speeds, and to perform circuits and approaches, while complying with airspace requirements. Element Performance Criteria
A3.1 Climb aeroplane
Sets and maintains climb power and attitude to achieve specified climb performance for the following profiles:
o o o
Maintains IAS for best angle of climb (VX) (+5, -0 kts) Maintains IAS for best rate of climb (VY) (+5, -0 kts) Maintains IAS for cruise climb (5 kts)
Sets altimeter subscale in accordance with procedures specified in AIPs Identifies and avoids terrain and traffic threats Anticipates and levels aircraft at nominated altitude (150 ft for PPL, 100 ft for CPL) Maintains heading (10) Trims aircraft Balances aircraft Monitors and reacts appropriately to engine indications and performance Configures aircraft if applicable. Sets and maintains power and attitude to achieve specified straight and level performance for the following profiles:
o o o
A3.2 Maintain straight and level flight
Straight and level flight at normal cruise Straight and level flight at high-speed cruise Straight and level flight with flap selected
Maintains heading (10) Maintains altitude (150 ft for PPL, 100 ft for CPL) Maintains IAS (10 kts) Sets altimeter subscale in accordance with procedures specified in AIPs Identifies and avoids terrain and traffic threats Balances aircraft Trims aircraft. Sets and maintains power and attitude to achieve specified descent performance during straight flight for the following profiles:
o o
A3.3 Descend aeroplane
Idle power at glide IAS (10 kts) Powered descent at nominated IAS (10 kts) and rate of descent (150 ft/minute) Approach configuration descent at nominated IAS (10 kts) with flap selected and undercarriage down
Sets altimeter subscale in accordance with procedures specified in AIPs Identifies and avoids terrain and traffic threats Anticipates specified altitude and levels aircraft at that altitude (150 ft for PPL, 100 ft for CPL) Maintains heading (10) Balances aircraft

Element

Trims aircraft Monitors and controls engine temperature Applies carburettor heat in accordance with Flight Manual/POH when applicable Maintains traffic clearance ahead and below. Performs airspace cleared procedure Sets and maintains power, attitude and angle of bank to achieve specified turn performance to the left and right for the following profiles:
o o o o
A3.4 Turn aeroplane
Level turns (150 ft for PPL, 100 ft for CPL) Climbing turn (5 kts, rate one or 20 bank 5) Powered descent turn (10 kts, 30 bank 5) Gliding turn through 180 observing height loss (10 kts, 30 bank 5)
Turns aircraft at varying rates to achieve specified tracks Manoeuvres aircraft over specified tracks or geographical feature (10 on exit) Turns aircraft onto nominated headings using magnetic compass only (10 on exit) Balances aircraft Trims aircraft for climbing and descending turns Applies controlled corrective action Monitors and controls engine temperature. Completes pre-manoeuvre checks from memory Manoeuvres aircraft at minimum clean approach speed (+10, -0 kts). Manoeuvres aircraft at flapped approach configuration speed (+10, 0 kts) Observes audible and visual stall warnings and recovers aircraft to controlled flight Manages the reduced effectiveness of controls Recovers from slow speed configuration using take-off power to achieve nominated speed in excess of 1.5Vs without loss of height (10 kts, 150 ft for PPL, 100 ft for CPL) Balances aircraft Trims aircraft. Maintains lookout and traffic separation using a systematic scan technique at a rate determined by traffic density Monitors and reacts appropriately to engine performance and indications Tracks upwind along extended runway centreline to 500 ft Establishes aircraft on crosswind tracking 90 to the runway Establishes aircraft on downwind at circuit height (100 ft) tracking parallel to the runway at a specified distance from the runway Performs pre-landing checklist Establishes aircraft on base leg a specified distance from threshold of runway Commences and controls rate of descent to maintain approach path
A3.5 Control aeroplane at slow speeds
A3.6 Perform circuits and approaches

Element

Ensures aircraft is aligned with specified or appropriate runway Establishes aircraft on final approach in approach configuration not below 500 ft AGL Identifies and selects aiming point Maintains aircraft on extended centreline and coordinates power and attitude to maintain approach slope and speed not less than 1.3Vs to a height of 50 ft Applies speed allowances for wind gusts when applicable Maintains speed not below threshold speed +10 kts until commencing flare Configures aircraft for landing Performs final approach checklist Anticipates and allows for wind on all legs of the circuit Balances aircraft Trims aircraft. Explains, using a chart, geographical limits of the designated area Identifies prominent geographical features using a chart Identifies the limits of the designated area on the ground Determines the position of controlled airspace using a chart and geographical features Identifies and avoids restricted areas and controlled airspace using a chart and geographical features Completes departure from the circuit area and transits to the designated area without incident Completes departure from the designated area and transits to the circuit area without incident Maintains orientation6 by geographical features.
A3.7 Comply with airspace requirements
Range of Variables

Single- or multi-engine aircraft Day VFR Sealed, gravel or grass runways and taxiways Windsocks Aircraft operated to crosswind limits, minimum assessment to 70% of maximum crosswind component. Simulated abnormal or emergency situations Simulated hazardous weather Limitations, such as those imposed by local noise abatement procedures and curfews. Explain the function of and primary and secondary effects of controls Explain the stall warning devices fitted to aircraft Explain the theory and application of best rate and angle of climb Explain the effects of excessive cooling on engine performance during descent and methods to counter these effects Explain the use of carburettor heat

To be aware of the position of the aircraft relative to navigation aid or feature, based on the direction and estimated distance of the aircraft from the navigation aid or feature.

Element

Explain the hazards during maximum rate descents Explain the effects of turn on magnetic compass performance Explain the effects of angle of bank on load factor and stall speed Explain how induced drag can adversely affect an aircraft at slow speed Explain the dangers of turbulence and wake turbulence when flying at slow speed.

Unit A4 Land Aeroplane Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to land an aeroplane into wind and crosswind and to perform a mishandled landing when required. Element Performance Criteria

A4.1 Land aeroplane
Identifies and selects aiming point7 Selects power to idle prior to touchdown Flares aircraft at an appropriate height Controls ballooning during flare and bouncing after touchdown by adjustment of attitude without the application of power Touches down at a controlled rate of descent8, aligned with runway centreline Touches down within 400 ft/120 metres for PPL or 200ft/60 metres for CPL beyond a nominated touchdown point Touches down 2 metres of centreline Touches down on the main wheels, and the nose is lowered onto the runway without harshness Maintains directional control along the centreline Applies braking to stop the aircraft within landing distance available. Performs after-landing checklist Maintains separation from other traffic. Configures aircraft for crosswind landing Tracks aircraft above runway centreline Selects power to idle prior to touchdown Flares aircraft at an appropriate height Controls ballooning during flare and bouncing after touchdown by adjustment of attitude without the application of power Touches down at a controlled rate of descent9, aligned with runway centreline. Touches down within 400 ft/120 metres for PPL or 200ft/60 metres for CPL beyond a nominated touchdown point Touches down 2 metres of centreline Prevents wing rise after touchdown Maintains directional control along the centreline Applies braking to stop the aircraft within landing distance available without wheel lockup Performs after-landing checklist.
A4.2 Land aeroplane in a crosswind
The aiming point related to a visual approach and landing of an aircraft, is that point at which a pilot looks, to achieve a predetermined touchdown point. 8 'Controlled rate of descent' associated with a landing means that the touchdown is without harshness and the successful outcome of the landing is not in doubt. 9 'Controlled rate of descent' associated with a landing means that the touchdown is without harshness and the successful outcome of the landing is not in doubt.

A4.3 Perform mishandled landing procedures
Recognises when the landing standard cannot be achieved and implements a decision to perform mishandled landing10 Controls aeroplane Applies take-off power Controls aircraft direction while airborne and on the ground Lifts off at take-off safety speed or establishes climb attitude if airborne Retracts undercarriage and flap when applicable Performs after-take-off checks.
Range of Variables

Single- or multi-engine aircraft Day VFR Aircraft with nose wheel or tail wheel Aircraft with or without flaps Aircraft with fixed or retractable undercarriage Sealed, gravel or grass runways and taxiways Propeller/rotor wash and jet blast Windsocks Aircraft operated to crosswind limits, minimum assessment to 70% of maximum crosswind component Limitations, such as those imposed by local noise abatement procedures and curfews. Recognise and respond to conditions leading to a mishandled landing Calculate landing performance Recall the crosswind limits for the aircraft type flown Calculate crosswind components Interpret windsock indications Explain causes of loss of control of an aircraft on landing.

10
'means to recognise an abnormal landing and recover the aircraft to controlled flight. Often associated with a 'go around''

Unit A5 Execute Advanced Manoeuvres and Procedures Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to control an aeroplane by applying advanced manoeuvres and procedures. Element Performance Criteria
A5.1 Enter and recover from stall
Recognise approach to stall

Performs pre-manoeuvre checks Recognises airframe buffet and control ineffectiveness symptoms and visual and aural stall warning devices while approaching the stall. Stalls aircraft while maintaining balanced flight Observes IAS and control wheel/stick position at point of departure from intended flight path (stall) Recovers from stall with minimum loss of height Adjusts aeroplane attitude and power setting to resume normal balanced flight on advent of stall Recovers from stall using full power Recovers from stall without power Recovers from stall during straight and level, climbing, descending and approach configuration flight Recovers from stall during a turn Achieves height loss consistent with aircraft type. Performs pre-manoeuvre checks Terminates yaw Adjusts aeroplane attitude and power setting following incipient spin entry (stall with wing drop) and resumes normal balanced flight Recovers at incipient spin stage during a turn and resumes controlled flight Achieves height loss consistent with aircraft type. Completes airspace cleared procedure Performs level steep turn of nominated bank angle (4560) without altitude change (150 ft for PPL, 100 ft for CPL) Performs descending steep turn of nominated bank angle (4560) to a nominated heading or geographical feature through a minimum of 500 ft height loss Exits on specified heading or geographical feature (10) Balances aircraft Trims aircraft for descending steep turn. Induces slip to achieve increased rate of descent while maintaining track and airspeed Adjusts rate of descent by coordinating angle of bank and applied rudder. Adjusts bank angle to turn through minimum heading change of 90 at constant airspeed using sideslip Exits on specified heading or geographical feature (10) Recovers from sideslip and returns aeroplane to balanced flight.
Stall aircraft

A5.2 Recover from incipient spin
A5.3 Turn aeroplane steeply
A5.4 Sideslip aeroplane
Straight sideslip

Sideslipping turn


Element
A5.5 Execute short take-off and landing
Short take-off

Calculates take-off and landing performance in accordance with performance chart Performs pre-take-off checks in accordance with approved checklist Lines up aeroplane to enable maximum use of runway length Performs line-up checks in accordance with approved checklist Applies take-off power before brakes (where fitted) are released Rotates aeroplane at recommended speed Sets nominated climb speed appropriate to obstacle clearance requirements Performs after-take-off checks from memory in accordance with approved checklist. Lands aeroplane at nominated touchdown point (+200 ft/60 metres for PPL, +100 ft/30 metres for CPL) at minimum speed Controls ballooning during flare and bouncing after touchdown by adjustment of attitude without the application of power Maintains direction after touchdown Applies maximum braking without locking up wheels Stops aircraft within landing distance available Performs after-landing checks in accordance with approved checklist.
Short landing

Range of Variables

Single- or multi-engine aircraft Day VFR Aircraft with nose wheel or tail wheel Aircraft with or without flaps Aircraft with fixed or retractable undercarriage Sealed, gravel or grass runways and taxiways Propeller/rotor wash and jet blast Windsocks Aircraft operated to crosswind limits, minimum assessment to 70% of maximum crosswind component Limitations, such as those imposed by local noise abatement procedures and curfews. Explain symptoms of the approach to the stall and the stall in the aircraft type flown Explain the relationship between angle of attack and the stall Explain the effects of weight, g-force and angle of bank on the stall speed Explain the potential dangers of unbalanced flight at slow speed Explain the principles associated with the position of the stick/control column and the point of stall State the symmetrical and rolling g-force limitations of the aircraft being operated Explain the effects of a sideslip on aeroplane performance Explain the effects of sideslipping an aeroplane on fuel, pitot and flap systems Explain take-off and landing performance chart calculations Provide an example of when a maximum rate turn should be performed Provide an example of when a minimum radius turn should be performed.


Unit A6 Manage Abnormal Situations Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to accurately assess an abnormal situation and perform immediate actions, configure an aeroplane, select a landing area and land with no injury to personnel or damage to the aeroplane or property, perform a precautionary search and manage other abnormal situations. Element Performance Criteria

A6.1 Manage engine failure after take-off
Controls aircraft Lowers nose to achieve best gliding speed Selects a landing area within gliding distance Performs immediate actions in accordance with Flight Manual/POH Performs emergency procedures in accordance with Flight Manual/POH Advises ATS or another agency capable of providing assistance of situation and intentions Briefs passengers about flight situation, brace position and harness security Lands aeroplane ensuring safest outcome. Controls aircraft Performs immediate actions in accordance with Flight Manual/POH Selects a landing area within gliding distance, on the aerodrome or elsewhere Performs emergency procedures in accordance with Flight Manual/POH and lands the aeroplane if the engine cannot be restarted Advises ATS or other agencies capable of providing assistance of situation and intentions Briefs passengers about flight situation, brace position and harness security Lands aircraft ensuring safest outcome if an engine restart is not achieved. Controls aircraft Performs immediate actions in accordance with Flight Manual/POH Selects landing area within gliding distance Formulates a plan Performs all emergency checks in accordance with Flight Manual/POH Briefs passengers about flight situation, brace position and harness security Advises ATS or other agencies capable of providing assistance of situation and intentions Manoeuvres aircraft to selected landing area Lands aircraft ensuring safest outcome if an engine restart is not achieved Trims aircraft Balances aircraft.
A6.2 Manage engine failure elsewhere in the circuit
A6.3 Perform forced landing

Element

A6.4 Conduct precautionary search and landing
Assesses flight circumstances and decides to perform precautionary landing in the time available Communicates intentions when appropriate Configures aircraft for reduced visibility manoeuvring if applicable. Selects landing area and inspects its suitability for landing, ensuring:
o o o
unobstructed approach and overshoot paths landing area length adequate for landing landing area surface suitable for aircraft type and clear of hazards
Maintains orientation and contact with the landing area. Lands aircraft. Controls aircraft Identifies abnormal or emergency situation Manages or rectifies abnormal or emergency situation in accordance with Flight Manual/POH, standard operating procedures or Company Operations Manual Performs abnormal and emergency actions in accordance with AIP procedures when applicable Advises ATS or other agencies capable of providing assistance of situation and intentions.
A6.5 Manage other abnormal situations
Range of Variables

Single- engine aircraft Day VFR Limitations, such as those imposed by local noise abatement procedures and curfews Simulated manoeuvres that would be terminated by forced landing or ditching may be discontinued when the assessor is satisfied that the landing standard could be achieved At least one precautionary search to be conducted at an unfamiliar landing area Decision to land is taken immediately after the need becomes apparent.

Element Underpinning Knowledge

Explain methods of determining the suitability of emergency landing areas Explain the advantages of pre briefing actions in the event of an engine failure after take-off when departing from an airfield Describe a practical action plans for use in the event of an engine failure after take-off from the aerodrome of operation Explain engine failure emergency procedures Detail a plan of action to be used in the event of an engine failure in the circuit, other than after take-off Recall the height loss during a 180 gliding turn in the aircraft being operated Explain the link between autorotation and manoeuvring an aircraft at low airspeeds Explain actions to be conducted following a forced landing. Explain the effects of a partial engine failure on aircraft performance with respect to:
o o
Partial engine failure
straight and level flight turning while maintaining level flight
Describe the hazards associated with turning an aircraft at slow speed, using large angles of bank while maintaining level flight following a partial engine failure after take-off Explain what factors should be considered when deciding whether to land immediately or proceed to a more suitable landing area after a partial engine failure Precautionary search Explain scenarios that may require a precautionary landing Detail the bad visibility configuration Explain the hazards associated with flying at low level.

Unit A7 Full Instrument Panel Manoeuvres Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to perform all normal flight manoeuvres using the full instrument panel to re-establish VFR conditions. Elements Performance Criteria
A7.1 Determine and monitor serviceability of flight instruments and instrument power sources
Determines serviceability of flight instrument, pitot/static system and instrument power sources in accordance with Flight Manual/POH, before flight Performs functional checks of turn, heading and attitude indicators while taxiing Monitors flight instrument and instrument power sources and reacts appropriately to any warnings, unserviceabilities or erroneous indications. Interprets and reacts appropriately to flight instrument indications to achieve and maintain specified flight profiles using full instrument panel Sets and maintains power and attitude by reference to full instrument panel to achieve straight and level performance during normal cruise (200 ft 10 10 kts) Sets and maintains power and attitude by reference to full instrument panel to achieve nominated climb performance (10 5 kts) Sets and maintains power and attitude by reference to full instrument panel to achieve descent performance (10 10 kts 200 ft/min) Sets and maintains power, attitude and bank during climb, descent and level flight by reference to full instrument panel to achieve rate one turns onto a nominated heading (10 on exit) Balances aeroplane Trims aeroplane Identifies uncontrolled flight involving high and low nose attitudes, varying angles of bank and power settings and unbalanced flight and resumes controlled flight Performs or simulates involuntary transition from visual flight conditions to instrument meteorological conditions (IMC), identifies loss of visual reference and manoeuvres aeroplane to re-establish VMC (Visual Meteorological Conditions) Develops a plan that ensures re-establishment of VMC.
A7.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel to re-establish VFR
Recover from unusual attitudes
Re-establish flight by visual reference
Range of Variables

Day Visual Flight Rules in variable weather conditions IMC or VMC with simulated IMC Fitted flight instruments suitable for full panel instrument flight Checks and actions in approved checklists, placards, Flight Manual/POHs, or Operations Manuals have precedence and must be complied with. Explain a scan technique appropriate to fitted flight instruments and phase of flight State the attitude and power requirements to achieve specified flight profiles State the Instrument failure and warning systems fitted to the aeroplane.


Unit A8 Limited Instrument Panel Manoeuvres Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to perform all normal flight manoeuvres, recover from unusual attitudes and re-establish visual flight using the limited instrument panel. Elements Performance Criteria
A 8.1. Recognise failure of attitude indicator and/or stabilised heading indicator A 8.2. Perform manoeuvres using limited instrument panel
Monitors flight instruments and instrument power sources, recognises warning indicators or erroneous instrument indications and transitions to instrument flight by reference to limited panel flight instruments. Interprets and reacts appropriately in the time available to flight instrument indications to achieve and maintain specified flight profiles using limited instrument panel Sets and maintains power and attitude by reference to limited instrument panel to achieve straight and level performance during:
o o
normal cruise (200 ft 15 10 kts or M.02) in an aeroplane-approach configuration with flap (when fitted) and undercarriage down (200 ft 15 10 kts nominated speed but not below minimum approach speed) in a helicopter-at minimum power for level flight speed (10 kts)
Sets and maintains power and attitude by reference to limited instrument panel to achieve nominated climb performance (5 5 kts M.01) Sets and maintains power and attitude by reference to limited instrument panel to achieve nominated descent performance ( 15 10 kts or M.02 200 ft per minute) Sets and maintains power, attitude and bank during climb, descent and straight and level flight by reference to limited instrument panel to achieve rate one turns onto a nominated heading (20 on exit then 15) Balances aircraft Trims aircraft during straight and level, descending and climbing flight Level aircraft at a nominated altitude (200 ft), from a climb or descent during straight or turning flight. identifies uncontrolled flight involving high and low nose attitudes, varying angles of bank and power settings and unbalanced flight and resumes controlled flight by reference to flight instruments using a limited instrument panel Achieves straight and level attitude without excessive oscillations at the horizon ( 300 ft of height at which aircraft nose first passed through horizon then 200 ft of nominated altitude). Performs or simulates involuntary transition from visual flight conditions to instrument meteorological conditions (IMC), identifies loss of visual reference and manoeuvre aircraft to reestablish VMC by reference to flight instruments using a limited instrument panel Develops a plan that ensures re-establishment of VMC.
A 8.3. Recover from unusual attitudes using limited flight instrument panel
A 8.4. Re-establish Visual flight following inadvertent entry into IMC

Range of Variables

Single engine or multi engine aircraft or approved flight simulators Manually flown in single pilot or multi crew operations IMC or VMC with simulated IMC conditions Fitted flight instruments suitable for limited panel instrument flight Up to and including light turbulence During unusual attitude recovery, straight and level flight is achieved when there are no excessive oscillations at the horizon. Explain a scan technique appropriate to fitted flight instruments and phase of flight (without attitude or stabilised heading indicators) Recall the performance instrument indications and power requirements to achieve specified flight profiles State the anti icing and de icing controls/switches fitted to the aircraft type, and when these systems should be operated Recall the instrument failure and warning systems fitted to the aircraft.


Unit A13 Recover from Spin Flight Standard (Optional)

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to recover from an upright spin.
Element Performance Criteria

Recover from spin
Performs pre-manoeuvre checks Enters and establishes an upright spin Identifies upright spin and direction of yaw Closes throttle Stops yaw Unstalls wing (aircraft) Recovers to controlled flight Recovers within the number of turns normally required for upright spin recovery in the aircraft type, within the aircraft and height limitations.
Range of Variables

Day VFR flight in VMC Within the lateral and vertical limitations of the planned manoeuvring airspace using an approved aerobatic aeroplane. Detail actions required to recover from an incipient spin (wing drop at point of stall) Explain what actions, by a pilot, with an aeroplane in any attitude, at the point of stall, that is likely to cause a spin Explain the blanketing effects the elevator can have on the rudder during spin recovery Discuss the significance of stick/control wheel position with respect to spin recovery Explain the aerodynamic causes of a spin Explain what aerodynamic factor determines the direction of a spin Explain how to recognise a stable spin Explain the difference between a stable spin and an unstable spin Explain the difference between a spin and spiral dive State factors which may lead to a flat spin Explain the difference between an upright and an inverted spin Explain what visual indications are used to determine the direction of a spin Explain which instrument indications confirm the direction of a spin State standard spin entry and recovery techniques for the aircraft being flown State the number of turns normally required for spin recovery in the aeroplane type State the height normally required to enter and recover from a stable spin Explain the Mueller-Beggs spin recovery action and limitations on its application State the g and any other limitations applicable to spinning for the aeroplane type.


Unit C1: English Communication in the Aviation Environment Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge required to communicate effectively with all stakeholders within a flight operations environment and to ensure messages are clearly understood and responded to appropriately.
Element Performance Criteria

C1.1 Communicate effectively face to face using clear and precise English
Pronounces words clearly, using an accent that does not cause difficulties in understanding. Conveys information in clearly structured sentences without confusion or ambiguity. Uses an extensive vocabulary to accurately communicate on general and technical topics, without excessive use of jargon, slang or colloquial language. Speaks fluently without long pauses, repetition or excessive false starts. Responds to communications with actions that demonstrate that the information has been received and understood. Exchanges information clearly in a variety of situations with both expert and non-expert English speakers while giving and receiving timely and appropriate responses. Recognises and manages communication errors and/or misunderstandings effectively. Maintains effective communication with crew members and other personnel in flight and on the ground on operational matters. Communicates effectively in unfamiliar, stressful or non-standard situations. Makes appropriate transmissions using standard aviation phraseology. Uses plain English effectively when standard phraseology is inadequate. Receives appropriate responses to transmissions. Responds to transmissions and takes appropriate action. Identifies and manages communication errors and/or misunderstandings promptly and effectively. Seeks clarification in the time available if message is unclear or uncertainty exists. Reacts appropriately to a variety of regional accents. Communicates effectively in unexpected, stressful or non standard situations using standard phraseology or plain English.
C1.2 Communicate effectively in voice-only R/T communications using standard aviation phraseology

Range of Variables

Includes oral and written communication in English. Communication standards are demonstrated in flight and related activities on the ground while acting as a pilot in any capacity during communications with crewmembers, ATS and other aircraft. Situations include disruptions to communication normally encountered in the flight environment including background noise levels, equipment malfunctions and distractions. In flight communication is conducted in a timely manner consistent with operational safety. Assessment at an expert level (ICAO Level 6) requires all the criteria of elements C1.1 and C1.2 to be demonstrated consistently in the operational environment and in a range of non-operational situations with only rare occurrences of errors or misunderstandings. Assessment at an operationally competent level (ICAO Level 4) requires all criteria of element C1.2 to be demonstrated in the operational environment, but occasional loss of fluency, errors and/or misunderstandings are permissible in demonstrating the criteria of element C1.1 providing effective communication is maintained. Demonstrate oral and written English vocabulary sufficient to converse on a wide range of common and technical topics. Apply English grammatical construction. Apply aviation terminology. Use standard aviation R/T phraseology.


Unit C2: Manage Pre and Post Flight Actions Flight Standard
Unit Description: Knowledge and skills to obtain required information and authority, ensure maintenance requirements are met and perform required functions before and after flight and to ensure that the aeroplane meets maintenance and safety requirements prior to flight. Element Performance Criteria
C2.1 Complete pre and post flight administration
Preflight

Obtains, interprets and applies meteorological and NOTAM information Completes preflight planning and documentation in accordance with regulations and/or operations manual Calculates aeroplane take-off and landing performance in accordance with performance and weight and balance charts Selects optimum cruise altitude determined by operational, safety11 or efficiency requirements Interprets maintenance release (Flight Technical Log) and Minimum Equipment List (MEL) and determines aircraft serviceability for proposed flight. Completes flight maintenance release (Flight Technical Log) and flight administration and enters identified unserviceabilities in accordance with regulations and/or operations manual. Identifies and secures equipment and documentation as required by regulation in the aircraft Completes internal and external checks in accordance with approved checklist Ensures removal of all aircraft locking devices Identifies defects or damage to the aircraft that could compromise safety Certifies Flight Technical Log entering any defects or endorsements to Permissible Unserviceabilities (PUS) Completes and certifies daily inspection.
Post flight
C2.2 Perform preflight inspection
Range of Variables

Single or multi engine aircraft Day Visual Flight Rules
N/A
11
Means that a manoeuvre or flight is completed without injury to persons, damage to aircraft or breach of aviation safety regulations, while meeting the requirements of the Manual of Standards Part 61.

Unit C3: Operate Radio Flight Standard

Unit Description: Knowledge and skills to operate and manage radiotelephone and intercom equipment under normal and emergency flight conditions. Element Performance Criteria

C3.1 Use R/T equipment
Ensures serviceability of radiotelephone equipment. Conducts transmission and receipt of R/T messages in accordance with procedures and phraseology detailed in the FROL syllabus and Aeronautical Information Publications (AIP). Maintains a listening watch and responds appropriately to applicable transmissions. Performs loss of radio transmitter or receiver procedures in accordance with AIP, ERS(A), VFR Flight Guide. Conducts emergency and urgency transmissions and procedures in accordance with Enroute Supplement Australia (ERS(A) current edition) and AIP and all messages are reacted to appropriately. Performs R/T equipment failure procedures in accordance with Flight Manual/POH Employs fault finding procedures and corrective actions not involving special tools or instruments Operates and monitors transponder in accordance with AIP during normal, abnormal and emergency operations.
C3.2 Maintain R/T equipment
C3.3 Operate transponder

Range of variables

Single or multi engine aircraft VFR,IFR or simulated IMC Propeller/rotor wash and jet blast noise Up to and including light turbulence English language To recognise, interpret and react appropriately to light signals
Underpinning knowledge


Unit C4: Manage Fuel Flight Standard

Unit Description: Knowledge and skills to determine aircraft fuel requirements and perform the necessary calculations, to refuel the aeroplane and to ensure the fuel system is configured and operated for maximum safety and efficiency in the prevailing flight conditions, and to calculate requirements, configure and make adjustments to achieve best range and best endurance. Element Performance Criteria

C4.1 Plan fuel requirements
Determines fuel reserve requirement in accordance with CASRs Ensures fuel allowance is sufficient for operational requirements and applicable abnormal or emergency situations Calculates total fuel requirement in accordance with CASRs. Verifies fuel quantity by visual inspection when possible or other methods appropriate to the aircraft type Ensures fuel is the correct grade and is free from contamination Ensures fuel drain cocks closed Operates fuel system in accordance with Flight Manual/POH Operates fuel cross feed in accordance with Flight Manual/POH to ensure aircraft balance Operates fuel pumps and engine controls in accordance with Flight Manual/POH Configures aircraft to achieve best range and calculates revised range Configures aircraft to achieve best endurance and calculates revised endurance. Refuels aircraft in accordance with CASRs, Flight Manual/POH, workplace health and safety and local procedures Ensures all fuel caps are closed and secured Ensures aircraft is earthed before refuelling.
C4.2 Manage fuel system
C4.3 Refuel aircraft
Range of Variables

Day Visual Flight Rules in variable weather conditions Fuel sources Fire extinguishers Locations. Health & safety requirements during refuelling Local procedures for refuelling.
Underpinning knowledge


Unit C5: Manage Passengers and Cargo Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to ensure that passengers are informed, controlled, and that provision has been made for their comfort and well being, and that cargo is managed in accordance with regulations. Elements Performance Criteria

C5.1 Brief passengers
Briefs passengers before flight and in emergencies in accordance with CASRs, and company operations man Explains and confirms conduct and procedures to avoid contact of personnel or articles with propellers, rotor blades or jet blast Explains procedures to avoid interference with flight controls when applicable Explains and demonstrates the use of seat belts/safety harness Explains and demonstrates use of escape hatches, exits and emergency equipment. Establishes and maintains clear communications with passengers Provides passenger comfort and well-being within the limits of aircraft safety controls passengers on the ground and in the air in accordance with CASRs, occupational health and safety requirements and operations manual. Manages loading, unloading and security of cargo throughout flight operations Identifies dangerous goods and applies procedures to ensure safety and security.
C5.2 Aid and assist passengers
C5.3 Manage cargo
Range of Variables

Single or multi engine aircraft Propeller/rotor wash and jet blast Simulated abnormal or emergency situations Real or simulated passengers and cargo. Explain your actions in relation to managing passengers during an abnormal or emergency situation Health & safety regulations Local procedures for movement of passengers Security requirements.


Unit C6: Manage Flight Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills, knowledge and behaviour to plan, direct and control all aspects of a flight. Element Performance Criteria

C6.1 Maintain effective lookout
Maintains lookout and traffic separation using a systematic scan technique at a rate determined by traffic density, visibility and terrain Maintains radio listening watch and interprets transmissions to determine traffic location and intentions of traffic Performs airspace-cleared procedure before commencing any manoeuvres. Monitors all aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique Collects information to facilitate ongoing system management Monitors flight environment for deviations from planned operations Collects flight environment information to update planned operations. Identifies problems Analyses problems Identifies solutions Assesses solutions and risks Decides on a course of action Communicates plans of action - if appropriate Allocates tasks for action if appropriate Takes actions to achieve optimum outcomes for the operation Monitors progress against plan Re evaluates plan to achieve optimum outcomes. Organises workload and priorities to ensure completion of all tasks relevant to the safety of the flight Puts the safe and effective operation of the aircraft ahead of competing priorities and demands Plans events and tasks to occur sequentially Anticipates critical events and tasks to ensure completion Uses technology to reduce workload and improve cognitive and manipulative activities Avoids fixation on single actions, tasks or functions. Establishes and maintains effective and efficient communications and interpersonal relationships with all stakeholders to ensure the safe outcome of the flight Defines and explains objectives to applicable/involved stakeholders Demonstrates a level of assertiveness that ensures the safe completion of the flight Encourages passengers to participate in and contribute to the safe outcome of the flight.
C6.2 Maintain situation awareness
C6.3 Assess situations and make decisions
C6.4 Set priorities and manage tasks
C 6.5 Maintain effective communications and interpersonal relationships
Range of Variables

All flight and ground operations Interactivity with stakeholders Single or multi engine aircraft.
N/A

Unit C7: Threat and Error Management Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills, knowledge and behaviour to recognise and plan, direct and control threats and errors. Element Performance Criteria

C7.1 Recognise and manage threats
Identifies relevant environmental or operational threats that are likely to affect the safety of the flight Develops and implements countermeasures to manage threats Monitors and assesses flight progress to ensure a safe outcome; or modifies actions when a safe outcome is not assured. Applies checklists and standard operating procedures to prevent aircraft handling, procedural or communication errors and identifies committed errors before safety is affected or aircraft enters an undesired aircraft state Monitor aircraft systems, flight environment and crewmembers, collects and analyses information to identify potential or actual errors Implements countermeasures to prevent errors or takes action in the time available to correct errors before the aircraft enters an undesired aircraft state. Recognises undesired aircraft state Prioritises tasks to ensure management of undesired aircraft state Manipulates aircraft controls or systems, or modifies actions or procedures to maintain control of the aircraft and return to normal flight operations, in the time available.
C7.2 Recognise and manage errors
C7.3 Recognise and manage undesired aircraft state
Range of Variables
All flight and ground operations. Explain the principles of threat and error management detailing a process to follow to identify and mitigate or control threats and errors during multi crew operations Give an example of how an undesired aircraft state can develop from an unmanaged threat or error What aspects of multi crew operations can prevent an undesired aircraft state Explain how the use of checklists and standard procedures prevents errors Give an example of a committed error and how action could be taken to ensure safety of flight Explain how prioritising and managing workload can reduce the commission of errors Explain how establishing and maintaining interpersonal relationships can ensure safe flight Explain how checklists and standard operating procedures can help to recognise, prevent and/or correct errors.


Unit C8: Navigate Aircraft Flight Standard

Unit Description: To develop the knowledge and skills to plan and conduct a flight to a destination aerodrome, or alternate aerodrome, navigating the aircraft under the VFR. This will include preflight planning, compliance with airspace procedures and departure and arrival procedures, and navigation under normal and abnormal conditions. Element Performance Criteria

C8.1 Prepare chart and flight plan
Selects and prepares appropriate visual navigation charts suitable for the intended flight Determines and allows for beginning and end of daylight Obtains and interprets meteorological forecasts and NOTAMs Selects a suitable route and altitude considering weather, terrain, airspace, NOTAMs and alternate landing areas Obtains and analyses operational information that is valid for the intended flight Determines whether the intended flight can be conducted under the VFR Completes flight plan to destination and any planned alternates Provides flight notification for SAR purposes Calculates fuel requirements in accordance with CASRs. Obtains and complies with air traffic clearances Complies with procedures applicable to airspace classification. Performs preflight planning and cockpit organisation to ensure charts, documentation and navigational calculator are accessible from the control seat Intercepts track within five nautical miles of airfield Calculates ETA for first waypoint Complies with all departure clearances and instructions Observes local and published noise abatement requirements and curfews. Maintains a navigation cycle that ensures accurate tracking and applies track correctional technique to re-establish track prior to waypoint or destination Maintains heading (10 directional indicator aligned with compass) Maintains and revises ETAs 2 minutes for waypoint or destination Maintains track 1 nm in controlled airspace Maintains navigation log to monitor tracking, ETAs and fuel status Monitors fuel consumption and revises fuel reserves Recognises deteriorating situations and initiates early corrective action Positively identifies ground fixes by two or more features Obtains a positive fix at intervals not greater than 30 minutes Performs pre-descent and turning point checks Maintains awareness of route and destination weather conditions and reacts appropriately to adverse weather changes Maintains radio communications and listening watch with ATS/ATC Maintains lookout using a systematic scan technique at a rate determined by traffic density, visibility and terrain Monitors aircraft systems and engine handling to ensure that the
C8.2 Comply with airspace procedures C8.3 Conduct departure procedures
C8.4 Navigate aircraft en route

Element
aircraft is operated in accordance with the Flight Manual/POH. C8.5 Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility

Maintains aircraft in visual meteorological conditions Maintains separation from terrain and obstacles, allowing for wind and turbulence (minimum height 500 ft AGL) Configures aircraft for bad visibility Advises ATS and establishes a SARTIME, if applicable Fixes position at least once every 30 minutes Avoids noise-sensitive areas, if applicable. Configures aircraft to achieve best endurance speed at present or most efficient altitude Fixes position Revises plan to either destination or alternate considering weather, terrain and fuel available whilst maintaining reserve (ETA 2 minutes) Maintains minimum height of 500 ft AGL Uses radio and transponder to request assistance, if applicable Plans a timely precautionary search and landing if still lost/minimum fuel/darkness. Diverts around weather or to an acceptable aerodrome Revises plan to either destination or alternate considering weather, terrain and fuel available whilst maintaining reserves (ETA 2 minutes) Identifies and plans for CTA, CTR and Prohibited, Restricted and Danger Areas Selects most suitable cruising altitude/level (150 ft) Amends SARWATCH if required Advises of intention to divert for traffic separation. Tunes, identifies and tests all navigation aids before use. Determines aircraft is within rated coverage of applicable radio navigation aids Fixes aircraft position and solves aircraft orientation problems using radio navigation aids Tracks/homes to the ground station Verifies integrity of GPS signal Enters and checks waypoint entry into GPS system Confirms waypoints and fixes from all radio navigation aids with flight plan and identified ground fixes during en route navigation at least once every 60 minutes. Obtains aerodrome information from ERS(A), ATIS/ATS and NOTAMs for applicable aerodrome Obtains and complies with airways clearance requirements or makes broadcasts applicable to the airspace by nominated distance or position in accordance with AIPs Identifies and avoids all air traffic Establishes landing direction and airfield serviceability Enters a circuit at circuit height via published approach points and flies a minimum of three legs of the circuit, except in circumstances when a straight-in approach is acceptable in accordance with AIPs.
C8.6 Perform lost procedure
C8.7 Perform diversion procedure
C8.8 Use radio navigation aids
C8.9 Execute arrival procedures

Element

Performs a circuit and landing Cancels SARWATCH Observes local and published noise abatement requirements and curfews.
Range of Variables

Day VFR Terrain Airspace Simulated weather conditions Simulated abnormal and emergency situations.
N/A.

Unit C9: Manage Flight During Multi-Crew Operations Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills, knowledge and behaviour to plan, direct and control all aspects of a flight in a multi-crew environment as pilot in command or crewmember.
Element C9.1 Operate as a crewmember (cooperation)

Establishes an atmosphere to encourage open communications. Listens critically and provides feedback to clarify information. Applies assertive strategies when working with others. Presents ideas in a way that shows respect for others. Conveys information that is appropriate to the receiver. Considers the condition (capability) of other crewmembers to perform crew duties. Monitors and appraises crewmembers performance. Interacts with crewmembers in a supportive and constructive way. Assists other crewmembers in demanding situations. Motivates and encourages other crewmembers. Identifies the signs, stages and possible causes of conflict. Implements strategies to deal with conflict. Establishes communications that encourage constructive responses to conflict. Manages cockpit gradient relative to task. Ensures that all crewmembers have a clear picture of the objective. Manages changing priorities and, if necessary, refocuses crewmembers to accommodate the changed priorities. Maintains crewmembers commitment to task. Monitors the crew to ensure that they achieve specified standards of performance. Corrects individual or crewmember deviations from standards. Clarifies roles and functions. Establishes and maintains clear, orderly systems. Sets realistic performance standards. Monitors outcomes, and evaluates and measures performance. Collects information and identifies key issues and relationships relative to achieving determined roles. Breaks down goals and establishes courses of action to accomplish specified goals. Ensures that all crewmembers have role clarity and relevant information to achieve goals. Allocates sufficient resources and time to complete workload. Maintains patience and focus when processing large amounts of data or multiple tasks. Manages time and resources to ensure that work is completed safely and effectively.
C9.2 Leadership and management

Element C9.3 Maintain situation awareness during multicrew operations

Monitors all aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique. Collects information to facilitate ongoing system management. Monitors flight environment for deviations from planned operations. Collects flight environment information to update planned operations. Reports aircraft systems and flight environment information for analysis. Analyses aircraft systems and flight environment information to identify actual and potential threats or errors. Identifies problems causal factors and reviews these with crewmembers. Breaks down systematically and logically problems or processes into component parts. Employs analytical techniques to identify solutions and considers the value and implications of each. Generates, in the time available, as many solutions as possible among crewmembers. Assesses solutions and risks with other crewmembers. Decides on a course of action. Communicates plans of action and directs crewmembers to clearly specified tasks. Takes actions to achieve optimum outcomes for the operation. Monitors progress against agreed plan. Re-evaluates plan in line with changing circumstances and is improvement-focused to achieve optimum outcomes.
C9.4 Make decisions
Range of Variables

Day VFR or IFR. Single- or multi-crew aircraft. All flight and ground operations. Approved simulators. Variable air traffic conditions. Variable flight situations. Simulated problem-based scenarios. Simulated hazardous weather conditions. Simulated abnormal and emergency situations. Interaction involving personnel relevant to aviation activities. Explain strategies to maintain situation awareness that ensures the safe operation of a multi-crew aircraft. All decisions and actions ensure the safe outcome of the flight. Give examples of physiological and psychological threats to safe flight.


Unit NVFR1: Flight Management and Operational Fuel Planning Flight Standard
Unit Description: Knowledge and skills to plan and make flight notification for a night visual flight using all applicable current operational documents, after obtaining and applying preflight briefing information and allowing for operational requirements.
Element NVFR1.1 Possess and use current operational documents
Ensures all current operational documents applicable to the flight are in the pilot's possession and used for flight planning and management. Possesses a complete set of approved operational documents that are applicable to the flight. Ascertains currency of operational documents. Stows all documents required for the flight and ensures accessibility of documents during the flight. Interprets and applies applicable information contained in documents for flight planning and management. Obtains, interprets and applies meteorological, airways facilities, aerodrome and NOTAM information applicable to the planning and conduct of the intended flight. Selects and prepares charts suitable for the intended flight. Obtains analyses and applies relevant information to prepare a flight plan which details tracks, distances, times, LSALT, altitudes to be flown and fuel requirements to reach destination in accordance with the VFR requirements. Plans route to optimise options in the event of an engine failure. Determines duration of flight. Determines alternate, holding and fuel reserve requirements by applying operational requirements due to weather, navigation aid availability and aerodrome lighting in accordance with regulations. Calculates total fuel required in accordance with regulations. Determines whether aerodrome lighting is suitable and available for night operations. Determines whether aerodrome requires an alternate or holding fuel reserve due to weather, navigation aids or lighting in accordance with AIPs. Complies with any curfew requirements. Submits completed flight plan to and ensures acceptance by NAIPS at a time adequate to ensure processing of flight plan or at least 30 minutes before flight.
NVFR1.2 Obtain meteorological and NOTAM preflight briefing NVFR1.3 Plan flight
NVFR1.4 Determine operational fuel requirements
NVFR1.5 Determine whether an aerodrome is suitable for night operations
NVFR1.6 Make flight notification Range of Variables

Night VFR. Approved aircraft fitted with flight instruments, including attitude and stabilised heading indicators. Simulated IMC. Simulated abnormal or emergency situations. Simulated hazardous weather.


State the night VFR operations a single-engine aircraft is limited to. State the requirements for submission of flight notification and SARWATCH. State the speed restrictions a night visual flight must operate to. State the requirements for in-flight progress reports. State the procedures for flight plan amendments and revised estimates. Specify the documents required to be carried on a night visual flight. Extract and apply relevant information from operational documents. Determine the meteorological forecasts required for a night visual flight. State the sources of aviation meteorological forecasts. Explain the methods of obtaining these meteorological forecasts. Determine the validity of a given meteorological forecast for a night visual flight. Determine whether a flight should proceed based on available meteorological forecasts. State what meteorological broadcast services are available inflight in Australia. Determine alternate aerodrome requirements for a night visual flight to a specified destination given relevant information including NOTAMs. Determine suitability of a specified alternate aerodrome for a night visual flight given relevant information including NOTAMs. Determine holding requirements due to weather, traffic or traffic advisory Determine fuel quantity required for a night visual flight.

Unit NVFR2: Manage Pre- and Post-Flight Actions Flight Standard

Unit Description: Knowledge and skills to determine aircraft equipment suitability for night visual flight, perform and certify daily inspection, conduct serviceability test of flight instruments and radio navigation aids before flight, and complete post-flight actions.
Element NVFR2.1 Determine whether aircraft meets equipment and serviceability requirements for night visual flight NVFR2.2 Conduct daily inspection NVFR2.3 Conduct preflight serviceability test of flight instruments and radio navigation aids NVFR2.4 Complete post-flight actions Range of Variables

Determines whether aircraft is equipped for flight in accordance with night VFR requirements and ensures that the flight instruments, minimum electrical lighting equipment and navigation aids fitted are suitable and serviceable. Ensures ready access to a shock-proof torch in accordance with regulations. Performs an inspection in accordance with aircraft system of maintenance approved by CASA, and ensures certification in accordance with regulations for flight at night under the VFR. Confirms serviceability of aircraft, flight instruments and radio navigation aids for night visual flight.
Ensures SARWATCH is terminated. Certifies maintenance release (flight technical log), if required.
Night VFR. Approved aircraft fitted with flight instruments, including attitude and stabilised heading indicators. Simulated abnormal or emergency situations. State the pilot medical fitness necessary for night visual flight. State the pilot qualifications necessary for night visual flight. State the privileges of the night VFR rating. Specify the aircraft flight instruments required for night visual flight. Specify the aircraft electrical lighting equipment required for night visual flight. Specify the aircraft radio communication equipment required for night visual flight. Specify the aircraft radio navigation equipment required for night visual flight.


Unit NVFR3: Operate Aircraft in the Traffic Pattern at Night Flight Standard
Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to take off and land and to operate an aircraft safely in the traffic pattern at night.
Element NVFR3.1 Taxi at night

Adjusts instrument lighting to provide optimum illumination. Complies with ATC instructions and safely manoeuvres the aircraft on the ground at night within the approved movement area as defined by aerodrome ground lighting. Operates aircraft lighting as required. Confirms functioning of flight instruments while taxiing. Lines up aircraft in centre of runway in take-off direction and performs line-up checks appropriate to night take-off in accordance with approved checklist. Executes take-off by reference to flare path/runway lighting and aircraft instruments. Rotates aircraft at manufacturers recommended speed. Establishes climb attitude and controls aircraft in climb after takeoff solely by reference to instruments. Establishes positioning and alignment with runway by visual reference when established on crosswind leg. Performs after-take-off checks at a safe height. Accelerates helicopter in take-off direction on a prescribed track. Recognises and controls translational lift. Executes take-off by reference to flare path/runway lighting/HLS lighting and aircraft instruments. Applies climb power and adjusts attitude to maintain climb speed (5 kts) appropriate to obstacle clearance requirements. Aligns helicopter landing gear with the planned take-off direction until the point at which balanced flight is required. Maintains helicopter outside the height-velocity chart avoid area. Retracts undercarriage at a safe height and airspeed, if applicable. Trims helicopter, if applicable. Balances helicopter. Performs after-take-off checks in accordance with approved checklist. Conducts a circuit and approach, controlling the aircraft and maintaining a safe altitude by reference to instruments and positioning aircraft by reference to runway lighting. Refer to Unit A3, Element 3.6. Lands aircraft at night with and without landing lights. Performs after-landing checks in accordance with approved checklist. Refer to, Unit A4.
NVFR3.2 Take off at night
Aeroplane
Helicopter

NVFR3.3 Perform circuit and approach at night
Aeroplane
NVFR3.4 Land at night with and without the use of aircraft landing lights
Aeroplane

NVFR3.5 Take off and land at night at an aerodrome remote from ground lighting
Conducts take-off, circuit procedures and lands aircraft at night at an aerodrome remote from any ground lighting that could assist the pilot in maintaining control of the aircraft. Uses runway lights for positioning aircraft in circuit. Confirms aircraft performance and attitude by reference to flight instruments. Refers to runway lighting to position the aircraft in the circuit and for landing. Conducts a baulked approach at night from any point on the final approach leg.
NVFR3.6 Make baulked approach Range of Variables

Night VFR. Aircraft fitted with flight instruments, including attitude and stabilised heading indicators. Simulated IMC. Suitable aircraft lighting. Simulated abnormal or emergency situations. Simulated hazardous weather. Detail normal circuit procedures. Explain the light signals from a manned control tower, that could be used in the circuit area at night. State the colour and pattern of permanent threshold light. State the colour and pattern of runway threshold identification lights. State the colour and pattern of displaced threshold lighting. State the colour and pattern of runway edge lighting. State the colour and pattern of runway end lighting. State the colour and pattern of runway centreline lighting. State the colour and pattern of obstacle lighting. Describe the methods of activating PAL. Describe the method of activating an aerodrome frequency response unit with PAL options. State the time that PAL remains illuminated. Describe how the PAL system warns users that the lights are about to be extinguished. Describe the operations and use of a VASI system. Describe the operations and use of a PAPI system. Identify aerodromes with standby power.


Unit NVFR6: Manage Abnormal Situations at Night Flight Standard

Unit Description: Knowledge and skills to identify abnormal situations at night, perform appropriate actions to manage abnormal situations, and select and proceed to the nearest suitable landing area.
Element NVFR6.1 Manage engine failure
Controls aircraft after engine failure in a single-engine aircraft, performs immediate actions, manoeuvres aircraft in a safe direction to achieve visual flight and performs a controlled landing at a suitable landing area. Controls multi-engine aeroplane after failure of an engine; performs all checks in accordance with the Flight Manual/POH; and if an engine restart is not achieved, manages asymmetric flight in accordance with VFR procedures to the nearest suitable aerodrome. Controls multi-engine helicopter after failure of an engine; performs all checks in accordance with the Flight Manual/POH; and if an engine restart is not achieved, conducts single-engine flight in accordance with VFR procedures to the nearest suitable HLS.
Note: Practice of engine failure at night in single- and multi-engine aircraft is to be performed in accordance with AIP ENR 1.1 paragraph 77.3. NVFR6.2 Manage R/T communication and/or navigation aid or navigation system failure NVFR6.3 Manage electrical system failure at night NVFR6.4 Manage electrical or vacuum system failure
Identifies R/T and/or navigation aid or navigation system failure and conducts abnormal procedures in accordance with Flight Manual/POH, AIPs and ERS(A).
Controls aircraft. Identifies and confirms electrical system failure and performs emergency procedures in accordance with Flight Manual/POH. Identifies and confirms flight instrument electrical or vacuum system failure. Controls aircraft by reference to functioning flight instruments. Performs abnormal procedures in accordance with Flight Manual/POH. Identifies and confirms instrument failure. Controls aircraft by reference to functioning instruments. Manages failure in accordance with Flight Manual/POH. Identifies and avoids hazardous weather conditions. Identifies procedures for penetration of hazardous weather. Demonstrates or explains aircraft configuration and flight procedures for turbulence penetration in accordance with Flight Manual/POH or Company Operations Manual. Identifies and confirms hydraulic failure. Controls helicopter in accordance with Flight Manual/POH. Identifies and confirms stability augmentation failure. Controls helicopter in accordance with Flight Manual/POH.
NVFR6.5 Manage instrument failure NVFR6.6 Manage hazardous weather conditions NVFR6.7 Demonstrate turbulence penetration technique NVFR6.8 Fly helicopter with one hydraulic system failed NVFR6.9 Fly helicopter without stability augmentation

Range of Variables

Night VFR. Aircraft fitted with flight instruments, including attitude and stabilised heading indicators. Simulated IMC. Suitable aircraft lighting. Simulated abnormal or emergency situations. Simulated hazardous weather.
Underpinning Knowledge N/A

Unit IF1: Full Instrument Panel Manoeuvres Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to perform all normal flight manoeuvres and recover from unusual attitudes using the full instrument panel.
Element IF1.1 Determine and monitor serviceability of flight instruments and instrument power sources
Determines serviceability of flight instrument, pilot/static system and instrument power sources in accordance with Flight Manual/POH, before flight. Performs functional checks of turn, heading and attitude indicators while taxiing. Monitors flight instrument and instrument power source and reacts appropriately to any warnings, unserviceabilities or erroneous indications. Interprets and reacts appropriately in the time available to flight instrument indications to achieve and maintain specified flight profiles using full instrument panel. Sets and maintains power and attitude by reference to full instrument panel to achieve straight and level performance during: normal cruise ( 100 ft 5 10 kts or M.02); in an aeroplane-approach configuration with flap (when fitted) and undercarriage down ( 100 ft 5 10 kts nominated speed but not below minimum approach speed); in a helicopter-at minimum power for level flight speed (10 kts)
IF1.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel
Sets and maintains power and attitude by reference to full instrument panel to achieve nominated climb performance (5 5 kts M.01). Sets and maintains power and attitude by reference to full instrument panel to achieve nominated descent performance (5 10 kts or M.02 150 feet per minute) Sets and maintains power, attitude and bank during climb, descent and straight and level flight by reference to full instrument panel to achieve rate one turns onto a nominated heading (10 on exit then 5). Balances aircraft. Trims aircraft. Level aircraft from a climb or descent Level aircraft at a nominated altitude (100 feet), from a climb or descent during straight or turning flight.` Sets and maintains power, attitude and bank during level ( 150 feet) and descending (10 kts or M.02) flight by reference to full instrument panel to achieve a steep turn using a nominated angle of bank between 45 and 60 (10) onto a nominated heading (10 on exit then 5). Balances aircraft Identifies uncontrolled flight involving high and low nose attitudes, varying angles of bank and power settings and unbalanced flight and resumes controlled flight by reference to flight instruments using a full instrument panel. Achieves straight and level attitude without excessive oscillations at the horizon ( 250 ft of height at which aircraft nose first passed through horizon then 100 ft of nominated altitude).
IF1.3 Perform steep turns
IF1.4 Recover from unusual attitudes

Element Range of Variables

Single-engine or multi-engine aircraft or approved flight simulators. Manually flown in single pilot or multi-crew operations. IMC or VMC with simulated IMC conditions. Fitted flight instruments suitable for full panel instrument flight. Explain a scan technique appropriate to fitted flight instruments and phase of flight. State the attitude and power requirements to achieve specified flight profiles. State instrument failure and warning systems fitted to the aircraft.


Unit IF2: Limited Instrument Panel Manoeuvres Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to perform all normal flight manoeuvres and recover from unusual attitudes using the limited instrument panel during flight under IFR conditions.
Element IF2.1 Recognise failure of attitude indicator and/or stabilised heading indicator IF2.2 Perform manoeuvres using limited instrument panel
Monitors flight instruments and instrument power sources, recognises warning indicators or erroneous instrument indications and transitions to instrument flight by reference to limited panel flight instruments. Interprets and reacts appropriately in the time available to flight instrument indications to achieve and maintain specified flight profiles using limited instrument panel. Sets and maintains power and attitude by reference to limited instrument panel to achieve straight and level performance during: normal cruise ( 200 ft 15 10 kts or M.02); in an aeroplane-approach configuration with flap (when fitted) and undercarriage down ( 200 ft 15 10 kts nominated speed but not below minimum approach speed); in a helicopter-at minimum power for level flight speed (10 kts).
Sets and maintains power and attitude by reference to limited instrument panel to achieve nominated climb performance (5 5 kts M.01). Sets and maintains power and attitude by reference to limited instrument panel to achieve nominated descent performance (15 10 kts or M.02 200 feet per minute) Sets and maintains power, attitude and bank during climb, descent and straight and level flight by reference to limited instrument panel to achieve rate one turns onto a nominated heading (20 on exit then 15). Balances aircraft. Trims aircraft. Level aircraft at a nominated altitude (200 feet), from a climb or descent during straight or turning flight. Identifies uncontrolled flight involving high and low nose attitudes, varying angles of bank and power settings and unbalanced flight and resumes controlled flight by reference to flight instruments using a limited instrument panel. Achieves straight and level attitude without excessive oscillations at the horizon ( 300 ft of height at which aircraft nose first passed through horizon then 200 ft of nominated altitude).
IF2.3 Recover from unusual attitudes using limited flight instrument panel
Range of Variables

Single-engine or multi-engine aircraft or approved flight simulators. Manually flown in single pilot or multi-crew operations. IMC or VMC with simulated IMC conditions. Fitted flight instruments suitable for limited panel instrument flight. During unusual attitude recovery, straight and level flight is achieved when there are no excessive oscillations at the horizon.


Explain a scan technique appropriate to fitted flight instruments and phase of flight (without attitude or stabilised heading indicators). Recall the performance instrument indications and power requirements to achieve specified flight profiles. State the anti-icing and de-icing controls/switches fitted to the aircraft type, and when these systems should be operated. Recall the instrument failure and warning systems fitted to the aircraft.

Unit IF3: Flight Management and Operational Fuel Planning Flight Standard
Unit Description: Knowledge and skills to plan and make flight notification for an IFR flight using all applicable current operational documents, after obtaining and applying preflight briefing information and allowing for operational requirements.
Elements IF3.1 Possess and use current operational documents

Ensures all current operational documents applicable to the flight are in the pilot's possession and used for flight planning and management. Possesses a complete set of approved operational documents that are applicable to the flight. Ascertains currency of operational documents. Stows all documents required for the flight and ensure accessibility to the pilot during flight. Interprets and applies applicable information contained in documents for flight planning and management. Obtains, interprets and applies meteorological, airways facilities, aerodrome and NOTAM information applicable to the flight for planning and conduct of a flight. Selects and prepares charts suitable for intended flight. Obtains, analyses and applies applicable information is to prepare a flight plan which details tracks, distances, times, altitudes to be flown and fuel requirements to reach destination in accordance with the IFR requirements. Plans route to optimise options in the event of an engine failure. Determines duration of flight. Determines alternate, holding and fuel reserve requirement by applying operational requirements due to weather, navigation aid availability and aerodrome lighting in accordance with regulations. Calculates total fuel required in accordance with regulations and Flight Manual/POH. Submits completed flight plan to and ensures acceptance by National Aeronautical Information Processing System (NAIPS) at a time adequate to ensure processing of flight plan or at least 30 minutes before flight.
IF3.2 Obtain meteorological and NOTAM preflight briefing IF3.3 Plan flight
IF3.4 Determine operational fuel requirements
IF3.5 Make flight notification
Range of Variables

Approved single-engine or multi-engine aircraft or synthetic training device. Single pilot or multi-crew. IMC or VMC with simulated IMC conditions. Fitted flight instruments suitable for instrument flight. A method of simulating IMC. Simulated icing conditions. Simulated hazardous weather. Explain how a pilot may determine the currency of operational documents.

Unit IF4: Management of Pre- and Post-Flight Actions Flight Standard

Unit Description: Knowledge and skills to determine aircraft equipment suitability for IFR flight, perform and certify daily inspection, conduct serviceability test of flight and radio navigation instruments before flight and complete post flight actions.
Element IF4.1 Determine aircraft meets requirements for IFR flight
Determines that aircraft is equipped for flight in accordance with Instrument Flight Rules and ensure that the flight and navigation instruments, minimum electrical lighting equipment, navigation equipment and any other requirements are fitted to the aircraft and are suitable and acceptable for IFR flight in accordance with regulations. Performs a daily inspection of aircraft in accordance with aircraft system of maintenance approved by CASA and certified in accordance with regulations. Inspects flight instruments and radio navigation aids and confirms serviceable for IFR flight.
IF4.2 Conduct daily inspection
IF4.3 Conduct preflight serviceability test of flight and radio navigation instruments IF4.4 Complete post-flight actions Range of Variables

Ensures SARWATCH is terminated. Certifiers Maintenance release (Flight Technical Log) if required.
Approved single-engine or multi-engine aircraft or synthetic training device. Single pilot or multi-crew. IMC or VMC with simulated IMC conditions. Fitted flight instruments suitable for instrument flight. A method of simulating IMC. Simulated icing conditions. Simulated hazardous weather.

Unit IF5: Compliance with Air Traffic Rules and Procedures Flight Standard
Unit Description: Knowledge and skills to communicate and comply with Air Traffic Services (ATS) instructions maintain separation with other air traffic and manage airspace procedures.
Element IF5.1 Obtain and comply with airspace clearances IF5.2 Maintain separation from other traffic IF5.3 Communicate using radio IF5.4 Use transponder Range of Variables


Obtains air traffic clearances when applicable, prior to entry into the airspace and complies with clearances while operating in that airspace. Maintains separation from other air traffic in IMC/simulated IMC and during visual approach and departure in accordance with IFR. Maintains two-way communication with ATS and other aircraft in accordance with IFR procedures. Operates and monitors transponder in accordance with AIP during normal and emergency operations.
Approved single-engine or multi-engine aircraft or synthetic training device. Single pilot or multi-crew. IMC or VMC with simulated IMC conditions. Fitted flight instruments suitable for instrument flight. Navigation and approach aids appropriate to rating sought. A method of simulating IMC. Simulated icing conditions. Simulated hazardous weather. For underpinning knowledge applicable to compliance with ATC rules and procedures refer to Units 10, 11 and 12 of the instrument rating knowledge requirements

Unit IF6: Management of Emergency Procedures Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to control the aircraft in IMC, identify abnormal situations, perform appropriate actions, manage abnormal situations and select and proceed to the nearest suitable landing area.
Element IF6.1 Manage engine failure
Controls aeroplane by reference to flight instruments, performs all checks in accordance with Flight Manual/POH for engine failure, manoeuvres in a safe direction to achieve visual flight and performs a controlled landing at a suitable landing area to achieve the safest outcome. Controls helicopter by reference to flight instruments, enters auto rotative flight, turns into last known wind direction, performs all checks in accordance with Flight Manual/POH for engine failure and performs a controlled landing at a suitable landing area to achieve the safest outcome. Controls multi-engine aeroplane by reference to flight instruments after failure of an engine, performs all checks in accordance with the Flight Manual/POH, Company Operations Manual, and if an engine restart is not achieved, performs asymmetric flight in accordance with IFR procedures to the nearest suitable aerodrome. Controls multi-engine helicopter by reference to flight instruments after failure of an engine, performs all checks in accordance with the Flight Manual/POH, Company Operations Manual, and if an engine restart is not achieved, performs single-engine flight in accordance with IFR procedures to the nearest helicopter landing site (HLS). Identifies radiotelephone and/or navigation aid failure and performs abnormal procedures in accordance with Flight Manual/POH and Company Operations Manual. Performs AIP and ERSA emergency flight procedures during IFR flight when applicable. Identifies and confirms flight instrument electrical or vacuum system failure. Controls aircraft by reference to functioning flight instruments. Performs abnormal procedures for flight instrument electrical or vacuum system failure in accordance with Flight Manual/POH. Identifies and confirms instrument failure. Controls aircraft by reference to serviceable instruments. Manages failure in accordance with Flight Manual/POH. Identifies and avoids hazardous weather conditions. Demonstrates and/or explains procedures for penetration of hazardous weather. Configures aircraft to comply with turbulence penetration procedures in accordance with Flight Manual/POH. Ensures passenger and crew are restrained in accordance with regulations. Explains and demonstrates procedures for penetrating turbulence. Identifies and confirms hydraulic failure. Controls helicopter by reference to flight instruments during operations with one hydraulic system inoperative in accordance with Flight Manual/POH procedures. Lands helicopter.
IF6.2 Manage radio communication and navigation aid or navigation system failure IF6.3 Manage electrical /vacuum system failure
IF6.4 Manage instrument failure IF6.5 Manage hazardous weather conditions IF6.6 Demonstrate turbulence penetration technique
IF6.7 Fly helicopter with one hydraulic system failed

Element IF6.8 Fly helicopter without stability augmentation

Identifies and confirms stability augmentation failure. Control helicopter by reference to flight instruments with stability augmentation system inoperative in accordance with Flight Manual/POH procedures. Lands helicopter.
Range of Variables

Approved single-engine or multi-engine aircraft or synthetic training device. Single pilot or multi-crew. IMC or VMC with simulated IMC conditions. Fitted flight instruments suitable for instrument flight. Navigation and approach aids appropriate to rating sought. A method of simulating IMC. Simulation of emergency and abnormal procedures. Simulated icing conditions. Simulated hazardous weather. Explain the operational requirements for an aircraft with one engine inoperative.

Unit IF7: Task Management Flight Standard

Unit Description: Knowledge and skills to organise documentation and equipment in the cockpit for IFR flight, prioritise and manage flight tasks, navigation and passengers, and when fitted use autopilot in IMC/simulated IMC.
Element IF7.1 Prioritise tasks
Organises flight, navigation, communication and passenger management tasks and sets priorities to ensure that the workload at any phase of flight, allows, in the time available, the pilot to safely manage the flight. Engages autopilot and Flight Director System (FDS) to assist flight and navigation tasks when available. Ensures inputs to autopilot are appropriate to the navigation and control requirements of the flight. Monitors autopilot to ensure operation complies with requirements. Disengages autopilot before reverting to manual control of aircraft.
IF7.2 Use autopilot
Range of Variables

Approved single-engine or multi-engine aircraft or synthetic training device. Single pilot or multi-crew. IMC or VMC with simulated IMC conditions. Fitted flight instruments suitable for instrument flight. Navigation and approach aids appropriate to rating sought. A method of simulating IMC. Autopilot/FMS. Simulated icing conditions. Simulated hazardous weather.

Unit IF8: Operate the Aircraft at Night During IFR Flight Standard
Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to take off and land and operate the aircraft safely at night under IFR.
Element IF8.1 Make visual approach under the IFR at night.
Descends from cruising altitude/level to not below LSALT, and maintain track until within the circling area of destination aerodrome, with the aerodrome in sight in accordance with instructions in AIP. Descends to circuit height, within the circling area by reference to runway lighting Selects appropriate radiotelephone frequency and activates PAL system when within radio range. Monitors wind indicator lighting to determine end of activation period. Performs take off, circuit procedures and land aircraft at night at an aerodrome remote from any ground lighting which could assist the pilot in maintaining control of the aircraft, using runway lights for positioning aircraft in circuit. Positions the aircraft in the circuit and for landing using runway lighting.
IF8.2 Activate PAL lighting.
IF8.3 Take off and land at night at an aerodrome remote from ground lighting.
Range of Variables

Approved single-engine or multi-engine aircraft or synthetic training device. IMC or VMC with simulated IMC conditions at night. Fitted flight instruments suitable for instrument flight. Navigation and approach aids appropriate to rating sought. Simulation of emergency and abnormal procedures. Simulated hazardous weather.

Unit IF9: Visual Circling Approach Flight Standard

Unit Description: Knowledge and skills to determine the visual circling minima for the specified instrument approach and to manoeuvre an aircraft from the MDA while maintaining ceiling and visibility minima appropriate to circling and visual contact with the landing runway environment, staying within the circling area specified for the aircraft performance category and remaining at or above the MDA until interception of a position on downwind, base or final leg from which a continuous descent with visual reference to the runway, clear of obstacles may be completed to the runway threshold and land or conduct missed approach.
Element IF9.1 Determine minima applicable for visual circling for specified instrument approach IF9.2 Conduct visual circling procedure following instrument approach, using appropriate visual cues
Determines ceiling and visibility minima for a circling approach appropriate for the instrument approach procedure and category of aircraft being used by reference to applicable instrument approach charts. Reviews and briefs the circling procedure including: position of the runway relative to the aircraft as it will appear to the pilot when approaching minima a plan of a circling procedure which maintains obstacle clearance in the circling area.
Manoeuvres an aircraft from the MDA while maintaining ceiling and visibility minima appropriate to circling, and visual contact with the landing runway environment. Maintains aircraft within the circling area specified for the aircraft performance category. Remains at or above the MDA until interception of a position on downwind, base or final leg from which a continuous descent with visual reference to the runway, clear of obstacles may be completed to the runway threshold. Controls aircraft and maintains altitude limitations by reference to instruments and uses visual cues only for positioning aircraft on approach. Recognises the conditions requiring a missed approach to be initiated. Manoeuvres aircraft to MAPT and conduct a missed approach procedure as detailed on the applicable instrument approach chart. Maintains obstacle clearance in IMC/simulated IMC in accordance with the IFR.
IF9.3 Conduct missed approach from visual circling
Range of Variables

Approved single-engine or multi-engine aircraft or synthetic training device. Single pilot or multi-crew. IMC or VMC with simulated IMC conditions. Fitted flight instruments suitable for instrument flight. Navigation and approach aids appropriate to rating sought. A method of simulating IMC. Autopilot/FMS. Simulated icing conditions. Simulated hazardous weather.


State the conditions under which a circling approach must be discontinued and a missed approach initiated. Determine the circling area applicable to the aircraft performance category being flown. State when an aircraft may descend below the MDA (day and night). Explain the procedure to conduct a missed approach from any nominated point within a circling area on a specified approach.

Unit IF10: NDB Instrument Approach Flight Standard

Unit Description: Knowledge and skills to conduct an instrument approach using the NDB approach procedure beginning with a descent from a route MSA or LSALT in compliance with any altitude restrictions on a prescribed track, to the MDA applicable to the aircraft category whilst maintaining obstacle clearance in accordance with instructions in AIP and conducting a published missed approach if visual reference is not achieved by the MAPT specified for the procedure.
Element IF10.1 Select approach and determine applicable minima

Selects the current IAL chart for the NDB approach to be flown. Reviews and briefs : whether entry to the approach will be direct or via the holding pattern: minimum altitude (LSALT or MSA) prior to approach entry; tracks, distances, timing and descent limitations for the approach; the approach minima for the aircraft performance category and runway to be used; the conduct of visual circling if required; the missed approach procedure; the holding or diversion action required if visual reference is not established; and fuel availability and latest divert time if required.
IF10.2 Monitor aid signal integrity IF10.3 Determine position in relation to navigation aids IF10.4 Conduct initial approach
Tunes and identifies the NDB to be used for the selected approach and monitors the Morse code identification and ADF indications throughout the approach to ensure signal integrity. Fixes position of the aircraft in relation to the navigation aid using overhead passage or two or more bearings. Ensures altimeter is set to the appropriate QNH and conducts the initial approach from a distance of at least 25 nm from the NDB, maintaining the inbound track (5) at or above route MSA or LSALT ( 100 feet 10 kts) in accordance with instructions in AIP, using the NDB. Enters the holding pattern at or above LSALT or MSA ( 100 feet) in accordance with the specified sector entry and perform a holding pattern is accordance with instructions in AIP, using the NDB. Conducts an instrument approach, descending on a specified track (not before 5 of nominated track), complying with any altitude restrictions to not below the MDA (+100 0 feet) within the tolerances specified in regulations, using the NDB. Identifies the landing runway and conducts visual circling or runway approach for a landing on the selected runway after establishing visual reference. Commences the published missed approach procedure if visual reference is not established before reaching the MAPT, or any other event specified in AIP as requiring conduct of a missed approach occurs. Initiates missed approach if operation of the NDB or ADF becomes suspect. Conducts the missed approach procedure by tracking to the MAPT (5) and complying with the published missed approach procedure specified on the IAL chart.
IF10.5 Conduct holding pattern
IF10.6 Conduct instrument approach procedure
IF10.7 Conduct missed approach procedure

Range of Variables

Approved single-engine or multi-engine aircraft or synthetic training device. IMC or VMC with simulated IMC conditions. Fitted flight instruments suitable for instrument flight. Navigation and approach aids appropriate to rating sought. A method of simulating IMC. Autopilot/FMS. Simulation of emergency and abnormal procedures. Simulated hazardous weather. For underpinning knowledge applicable to an NDB Approach Flight Procedure Endorsement refer to Unit 23 of the instrument rating knowledge requirements

Unit IF11: VOR/LOC Instrument Approach Flight Standard

Unit Description: Knowledge and skills to conduct an instrument approach using the VOR approach procedure beginning with a descent from a route MSA or LSALT in compliance with any altitude restrictions on a prescribed track, to the MDA applicable to the aircraft category whilst maintaining obstacle clearance in accordance with instructions in AIP and conducting a published missed approach if visual reference is not achieved by the MAPT for the procedure.
Element IF11.1 Select approach and determine applicable minima)

Selects the current IAL chart for the VOR approach to be flown. Reviews and briefs : whether entry to the approach will be direct or via the holding pattern: minimum altitude (LSALT or MSA) prior to approach entry.; tracks, distances, timing and descent limitations for the approach the approach minima for the aircraft performance category and runway to be used; the conduct of visual circling if required; the missed approach procedure; the holding or diversion action required if visual reference is not established; and fuel availability and latest divert time if required.
IF11.2 Monitor aid signal integrity
Tunes and identifies the VOR to be used for the selected approach and monitor the warning flags and CDI indications throughout the approach to ensure signal integrity. Monitors the VOR signal to ensure aid function. Fixes position of the aircraft in relation to the navigation aid using overhead passage or two or more bearings. Ensures altimeter is set to the appropriate QNH and conduct the initial approach from a distance of at least 25 nm from the VOR, maintaining the inbound track at or above route MSA or LSALT in accordance with instructions in AIP, using the VOR. Enter the holding pattern at or above LSALT or MSA in accordance with the specified sector entry and perform a holding pattern is accordance with instructions in AIP, using the VOR. Conducts an instrument approach, descending on a specified track (not before 1/2 scale CDI); complying with any altitude restrictions to not below the MDA within the tolerances specified in AIP, using the VOR, including: maintaining track (1/2 scale CDI); avoiding rate of descent in excess of 1000 fpm on final approach
IF11.3 Determine position in relation to navigation aid IF11.4 Conduct initial approach
IF11.6 Conduct approach procedure
Identifies the landing runway and a conduct visual circling or runway approach for a landing on the selected runway after establishing visual reference.

Element IF11.7 Conduct missed approach procedure
Commences the published missed approach procedure if visual reference is not established before reaching the MAPT, or any other event specified in AIP as requiring conduct of a missed approach occurs. Initiates missed approach if operation of the VOR aid or VOR indicator becomes suspect. Conducts the missed approach procedure by tracking to the MAPT and complying with the published missed approach procedure specified on the IAL chart. Recognises the conditions requiring a missed approach to be initiated. Manoeuvres aircraft to MAPT and conduct a missed approach procedure as detailed on the applicable instrument approach chart. Maintains obstacle clearance in IMC/simulated IMC in accordance with the IFR.
Range of Variables

Approved single-engine or multi-engine aircraft or synthetic training device. Single pilot or multi-crew. IMC or VMC with simulated IMC conditions. Fitted flight instruments suitable for instrument flight. Navigation and approach aids appropriate to rating sought. A method of simulating IMC. Autopilot/FMS. Simulation of emergency and abnormal procedures. Simulated icing conditions. Simulated hazardous weather. For underpinning knowledge applicable to an VOR Approach Flight Procedure Endorsement refer to Unit 22 of the instrument rating knowledge requirements. Explain which navigation aid provides track guidance for a LOC approach. Explain what the full scale range on the CDI for a LOC is. Explain how to configure the CDI to achieve command guidance prior to conducting a back course LOC.


Unit IF12: Navigation Using GPS (Global Positioning System) Flight Standard
Unit Description: Knowledge and skills to navigate the aircraft by reference to Global Positioning System in IMC in compliance with IFR.
Element IF12.1 Check GPS receiver operation IF12.2 Enter, retrieve, edit, delete and activate flight plan and waypoints IF12.3 Determine position and other relevant navigational information from GPS IF12.4 Intercept and maintain desired track to selected WPT IF12.5 Diversion IF12.6 Conduct confidence checks of GPS navigational information
Confirms operation, settings and indications of receiver including navigation data base currency, signal integrity by accessing appropriate GPS receiver operational modes. Applies GPS computer functions required to enter, retrieve, edit, deletion and activate flight plan and way point information in a GPS. Interprets the GPS to determine aircraft position and to extract navigation information including ETA, ETI, G/S and W/V relevant to the flight. Uses appropriate function selections for next waypoint. Intercepts and maintains desired track to selected WPT in accordance with tolerances specified in AIP, using the GPS. Diverts from flight planned route and track to selected WPT. Performs GPS confidence checks is accordance with GPS operators manual. Confirms GPS flight plan track and distances against information shown on current charts and check GPS position information using any data available from other sources. Monitors integrity of GPS navigation by reference to RAIM, recognising the RAIM warnings and messages and take appropriate action. Interprets displayed messages on GPS and reacts appropriately. Retrieves GPS messages as required.
IF12.7 Monitor integrity of GPS navigation IF12.8 Respond to GPS messages Range of Variables

Visual Flight Rules and instrument flight rules day and night in variable weather conditions. Approved aircraft fitted with flight instruments including attitude and stabilised heading indicators. A method of simulating IMC. Autopilot. Flight Director System. Flight Management system. For underpinning knowledge applicable to GPS refer to Units 25 of the instrument rating knowledge requirements.

Unit IF13: GPS/NPA Approach Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to conduct a GPS/NPA instrument approach from route LSALT, entering the GPS/NPA approach procedure in compliance with any altitude restrictions, tracking via the specified approach WPTs, descending in accordance with specified altitude limitations to a straight in or circling MDA, and perform a straight-in or circling approach or conduct a published missed approach if visual reference is not established by the MAPT, using the GPS.
Selects the current IAL chart for the GPS/NPA approach to be flown and reviews and briefs the entry to, and conduct of, the instrument approach and missed approach procedure. Confirms GPS receiver database is current. Determines the applicable meteorological minima for the approach for the aircraft performance category. Reviews and brief fuel availability and holding or diversion action required if visual reference is not established. Selects the GPS approach for the appropriate runway from the GPS receiver navigation database. Select the initial approach fix to be used to transition to the approach procedure, enter the aerodrome QNH in the GPS receiver, and activate the approach. Performs a confidence check of tracks and distances between the approach WPTs as calculated by the GPS receiver. Checks CDI is selected to GPS as applicable. Checks RAIM availability for the approach and monitors RAIM indications throughout the approach. Interprets the GPS to determine aircraft position.
IF13.2 Select, retrieve and activate approach from database
IF13.3 Monitor GPS signal integrity IF13.4 Determine position in relation to navigation aids IF13.5 Conduct initial approach
Sets the altimeter to the aerodrome QNH and conducts the initial approach from a distance of at least 25 nm from the GPS/NPA MAPT, maintaining track to the initial approach WPT at or above route MSA or LSALT. Suspends automatic sequencing of the GPS and enters the published holding pattern at the appropriate initial approach WPT using the prescribed sector entry procedure. Conducts the published holding pattern and resume automatic sequencing to continue the approach. Conducts the GPS/NPA instrument approach, descending on the specified track to each approach WPT while complying with approach altitude restrictions. Confirms that the GPS receiver transitions to approach mode no later than the FAP WPT or discontinue approach. Continues descent to not below the MDA while tracking to the MAP WPT within the tolerances specified in AIP. Identifies the landing runway and conducts straight-in runway approach or visual circling for a landing on the selected runway after establishing visual reference.

Element IF13.8 Conduct missed approach procedure
Commences the published missed approach procedure if visual reference is not established before reaching the MAPT or RAIM is lost, or any other event specified in AIP or in the GPS operations manual as requiring conduct of a missed approach occurs. Conducts the missed approach procedure by tracking to the MAPT, selecting missed approach mode and complying with the published missed approach procedure and tracking to the MAP Holding WPT. Configures GPS receiver to conduct another approach or to hold or divert as required. Recognises the conditions requiring a missed approach to be initiated. Manoeuvres aircraft to MAPT and conduct a missed approach procedure as detailed on the applicable instrument approach chart. Maintains obstacle clearance in IMC/simulated IMC in accordance with the IFR.
Range of Variables

Approved single-engine or multi-engine aircraft or synthetic training device. Single pilot or multi-crew. IMC or VMC with simulated IMC conditions. Fitted flight instruments suitable for instrument flight. Navigation and approach aids appropriate to rating sought. A method of simulating IMC. Autopilot/FMS. Simulation of emergency and abnormal procedures. Simulated icing conditions. Simulated hazardous weather. For underpinning knowledge applicable to a GP/NPA Approach Flight Procedure Endorsement refer to Unit 25 of the instrument rating knowledge requirements.
Unit IF14: GPS/NPA Approach with Vertical Guidance (APV) [Reserved]

Unit IF15: ILS Instrument Approach Flight Standard

Unit Description: Knowledge and skills to conduct an instrument approach using the ILS approach procedure, beginning with a descent from a route MSA or LSALT in compliance with any altitude restrictions to intercept track on the LOC using marker beacons or DME to fix position on the LOC track, descending by reference to the GS to the decision altitude (DA) and land or conduct a published missed approach if visual reference is not established by DA or DH.
Selects the current IAL chart for the ILS approach to be flown and plans the transition to, and conduct of, the instrument approach and missed approach procedure. Determines the DA or DH. Reviews and briefs : whether entry to the approach will be direct or via the holding pattern; minimum altitude (LSALT or MSA) prior to approach entry; tracks, distances, timing and descent limitations for the approach the applicable approach minima for the aircraft performance category and runway to be used; apply pressure error correction to DA; the conduct of visual circling if required; the missed approach procedure; the holding or diversion action required if visual reference is not established; and fuel availability and latest divert time if required.
IF15.2 Monitor aid signal integrity
Tunes and identifies the LOC to be used for the selected approach and monitors the warning flags and CDI indications for both LOC and glide slope throughout the approach to ensure signal integrity. Tunes and identifies locator beacon used for initial approach fix. Tests marker beacon operation and monitors visual and aural indications during approach. Tunes and identifies DME and monitors distance indications during approach. Sets the altimeter to the QNH and tracks to the initial approach fix using appropriate tracking aids or radar vectors at or above route MSA or LSALT to intercept the LOC track. Enters the holding pattern at or above LSALT or MSA in accordance with the specified sector entry and perform a holding pattern in accordance with instructions in AIP, using the LOC and the other navigation aid used to identify the holding fix.
IF15.3 Conduct initial approach

Element IF15.5 Conduct approach procedure
Conducts an ILS approach from the initial approach fix, tracking by reference to the LOC, descending on the glide slope and using marker beacons or DME to provide distance indications. Performs at least one specified altitude check on glide slope and adjust DA if necessary. Continues descent on glide slope to the DA as applicable within the tolerances specified in AIP including: scale deflection for track and glide slope; able to land from minima without undue manoeuvring. Identifies the landing runway and conduct straight in runway approach or visual circling for a landing on another runway after establishing visual reference.
Commences the published missed approach procedure if visual reference is not established at the DA, or when any other event specified in AIP as requiring conduct of a missed approach occurs. Conducts the missed approach procedure by tracking to the MAPT and complying with the published missed approach procedure specified on the IAL chart. Recognises the conditions requiring a missed approach to be initiated. Manoeuvres aircraft to MAPT and conducts a missed approach procedure as detailed on the applicable instrument approach chart. Maintains obstacle clearance in IMC/simulated IMC in accordance with the IFR.
Range of Variables

Approved single-engine or multi-engine aircraft or flight simulator. Single pilot or multi-crew. IMC or VMC with simulated IMC conditions. Fitted flight instruments suitable for instrument flight. Navigation and approach aids appropriate to rating sought. A method of simulating IMC. Autopilot/FMS. Simulation of emergency and abnormal procedures. Simulated icing conditions. Simulated hazardous weather. For underpinning knowledge applicable to an ILS Approach Flight Procedure Endorsement refer to Unit 24 of the instrument rating knowledge requirements.

Unit IF16: DME/GPS Arrival Flight Standard

Unit Description: Knowledge and skills to conduct a DME or GPS arrival procedure from the LSALT, within a specified sector or on a specified track, descending not below the distance/altitude descent steps specified for the procedure to the MDA applicable to the aircraft category and conducting a published missed approach if visual reference is not achieved by the MAPT, using NDB or VOR for tracking and DME or GPS to provide distance indications.
Selects the current IAL chart for the DME or GPS to be flown and plans the transition to, and conduct of, the instrument approach and missed approach procedure. Determines the MDA. Reviews and briefs : whether entry to the approach will be direct or via the holding pattern; minimum altitude (LSALT or MSA) prior to approach entry; tracks, distances, timing and descent limitations for the approach the applicable approach minima for the aircraft performance category and runway to be used; the conduct of visual circling if required; the missed approach procedure; the holding or diversion action required if visual reference is not established; and fuel availability and latest divert time if required.
IF16.2 Use appropriate tracking aid and distance information and monitor aid signal integrity
Tunes and identifies the DME or selects the reference WPT for GPS to be used for tracking inbound, checks the distance indication and monitors the aid throughout the approach to ensure signal integrity. Uses DME or GPS to provide distance indications for descent via the distance/altitude steps of the approach. Ensures RAIM is available before descending below LSALT or MSA. Sets the altimeter to the aerodrome QNH and conducts the initial approach and maintains at or above route MSA or LSALT until commencing descent not below the specified limiting altitude for the distance/altitude descent steps. Conduct the arrival procedure, descending on the specified track or sector, descending not below the specified distance/altitude descent steps to the MDA within the tolerances specified in AIP. Complies with applicable tracking and speed restrictions after passing the initial approach fix. Identifies the landing runway and conducts visual circling or straight in runway approach or for a landing on the selected runway after establishing visual reference. Commences the published missed approach procedure if visual reference is not established before reaching the MAPT, or any other event specified in AIP as requiring conduct of a missed approach occurs. Conducts the missed approach procedure by tracking to the MAPT ( 5 2nm arc) and complying with the published missed approach procedure specified on the IAL chart.
IF16.3 Conduct initial approach

Element IF16.6 Conduct missed approach from visual circling

Recognises the conditions requiring a missed approach to be initiated. Manoeuvres aircraft to MAPT and conduct a missed approach procedure as detailed on the applicable instrument approach chart. Maintains obstacle clearance in IMC/simulated IMC in accordance with the IFR.
Range of Variables

Approved single-engine or multi-engine aircraft or synthetic training device. Single pilot or multi-crew. IMC or VMC with simulated IMC conditions. Fitted flight instruments suitable for instrument flight. Navigation and approach aids appropriate to rating sought. A method of simulating IMC. Autopilot/FMS. Simulation of emergency and abnormal procedures. Simulated icing conditions. Simulated hazardous weather. For underpinning knowledge applicable to a GP/DME Arrival Flight Procedure Endorsement refer to Unit 21 of the instrument rating knowledge requirements.

Unit IF18: Perform Standard Arrival Route (STAR) Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to conduct an arrival from an inbound route, tracking via a Standard Arrival Route (STAR) published in AIP, to a position from which an approach and landing can be made at the destination aerodrome.
Element IF18.1 Conduct arrival using STAR
Selects the current chart for the STAR to be flown and reviews and briefs the entry to, and conduct of, the STAR procedure for the nominated runway. Manoeuvres the aircraft from an inbound route in accordance with ATC instructions and published STAR procedures, to a fix at or near the destination aerodrome, using radio navigation aids and transition to an approach as instructed by ATC, in accordance with the IFR. Manoeuvres aircraft within the following tolerances: heading 10; altitude 100 feet; and track and radials 5.;
Complies with ATC instructions amending STAR procedure.
Range of Variables

Approved single-engine or multi-engine aircraft or synthetic training device. Single pilot or multi-crew. IMC or VMC with simulated IMC conditions. Fitted flight instruments suitable for instrument flight. Navigation and approach aids appropriate to rating sought. A method of simulating IMC. Simulated icing conditions. Simulated hazardous weather. For underpinning knowledge applicable to a STAR Arrival Flight Procedure Endorsement refer to Unit 20 of the instrument rating knowledge requirements.

Unit IF19: Perform Instrument Departure (Single-Engine) Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to plan and conduct a departure from an aerodrome without a published instrument departure procedure, intercept track within 5 nm, while maintaining obstacle clearance during climb to LSALT and manage traffic separation using the radiotelephone, in IMC/simulated IMC under the IFR.
Element IF19.1 Determine applicable standard take off minima IF19.2 Determine obstacle clearance requirements for take off IF19.3 Take off and climb to cruising altitude/level under the IFR from an aerodrome which does not have SID and/or SRD procedures Range of Variables

Determines standard take off minima for a single-engine aeroplane or helicopter as applicable for the aerodrome using AIP or DAP East and West. Plans a departure which ensures that the aircraft can maintain obstacle and terrain clearance after take off and during the climb to LSALT. Increases the ceiling minima and/or plans a track to ensure terrain clearance when required. Takes off and climbs to cruising altitude/level in IMC/simulated IMC from the standard take off ceiling (300 ft). Intercepts track within 5 nm of the departure aerodrome ensuring obstacle and terrain clearance is maintained below LSALT. Performs all required radio transmissions in accordance with AIP and maintains separation from other traffic.
Approved single-engine or multi-engine aircraft or synthetic training device. Single pilot or multi-crew. IMC or VMC with simulated IMC conditions. Fitted flight instruments suitable for instrument flight. Navigation and approach aids appropriate to rating sought. A method of simulating IMC. Simulated icing conditions. Simulated hazardous weather. For underpinning knowledge applicable to a single-engine Instrument Take off and Departure Flight Procedure Endorsement refer to Unit 18 of the instrument rating knowledge requirements.

Unit IF20: Perform Standard Instrument Departure (SE) Flight Standard

Unit Description: The skills and knowledge to determine the applicable take off ceiling and visibility minima, calculate and maintain the obstacle clearance limits for climb during flight to LSALT while on climb to cruising altitude/level and to comply with SID or SRD graphic depiction or narrative requirements in IMC/simulated IMC under IFR.
Element IF20.1 Determine applicable standard take off minima IF20.2 Determine SID and obstacle clearance requirements IF20.3 Take off and climb to cruising level using SID and/or SRD procedure
Determines standard take off minima for a single-engine aeroplane or helicopter as applicable for the aerodrome using AIP or DAP East and West. Determine from aircraft take off and climb performance charts that obstacle clearance can be maintained in the take off area and that the minimum design climb gradient of the SID or SRD and any additional specified gradients can be met. Reviews and briefs track and altitude requirements of the SID. Climb to cruising altitude/level after take off in IMC/simulated IMC from standard take off ceiling (300 ft) in accordance with specified tracking and altitude requirements of the SID or SRD procedure. Ensures obstacle and terrain clearance is maintained below LSALT. Performs all required radio transmissions in accordance with AIP.
Range of Variables

Approved single-engine or multi-engine aircraft or synthetic training device. Single pilot or multi-crew. IMC or VMC with simulated IMC conditions. Fitted flight instruments suitable for instrument flight. Navigation and approach aids appropriate to rating sought. A method of simulating IMC. Simulated icing conditions. Simulated hazardous weather. For underpinning knowledge applicable to a single-engine Standard Instrument Departure Flight Procedure Endorsement refer to Unit 19 of the instrument rating knowledge requirements.

Unit IF21: Instrument Departure from Aerodrome Without SID or SRD Multi-Engine Aeroplane Flight Standard
Unit Description: Knowledge and skills to determine the take off ceiling and visibility minima for a multi-engine aeroplane, calculate and maintain obstacle clearance limits during the climb to LSALT in normal and asymmetric flight, resolve whether a return to the aerodrome of departure is possible in the event of and engine failure or complete a suitable course action if otherwise, and manage a simulated/actual engine failure in IMC.
Element IF21.1 Determine applicable standard take off minima
Determines take off ceiling and visibility minima for take off from the aerodrome in a multi-engine aeroplane using AIP or DAP East and West. Determines whether an engine failure after take off in IMC will require a return to the departure aerodrome. Sets higher take off minima which will allow the return to be made using an instrument or visual approach in a multi-engine aircraft with an inoperative engine. Plans a departure which ensures the aircraft can maintain obstacle and terrain clearance after take off and during climb to LSALT in the event of an engine failure.
IF21.2 Determine obstacle clearance requirements for take off including compliance in event of engine failure IF21.3 Take off and climb to cruising altitude/level under the IFR from an aerodrome which does not have SID and/or SRD procedures IF21.4 Manage engine failure after take off
Takes off and climbs to cruising altitude/level in IMC/simulated IMC from the standard take off ceiling applicable to the aircraft type and performance. Intercepts track within 5 nm of the departure aerodrome, ensuring obstacle and terrain clearance is maintained below LSALT. Performs all required radio transmissions in accordance with AIP and maintain separation from other traffic. Controls aircraft, identifies and confirms engine failure and manages simulated engine failure after take off in simulated IMC from 300 feet to the following tolerances: maintains heading ( 20 initially then 5, from datum heading). maintains initial climb not less than best single-engine angle of climb speed (Vxse) or best single-engine rate of climb speed (Vyse (+5 -0 kts) until clear of obstacles, then Vyse ( 5 kts M.01). Decides to continue climb or return to aerodrome.
Range of Variables

Approved single-engine or multi-engine aircraft or synthetic training device. Single pilot or multi-crew. IMC or VMC with simulated IMC conditions. Fitted flight instruments suitable for instrument flight. Navigation and approach aids appropriate to rating sought. A method of simulating IMC. Simulation of emergency and abnormal procedures. Simulated icing conditions. Simulated hazardous weather. For underpinning knowledge applicable to a multi-engine Instrument Take off and Departure Flight Procedure Endorsement refer to Unit 18 of the instrument rating knowledge requirements.

Unit IF22: Standard Instrument Departure Using a SID or SRD Multi-Engine Aeroplane Flight Standard
Unit Description: The skills and knowledge to determine the applicable take off ceiling and visibility minima, calculate and maintain the obstacle clearance limits for climb during normal and asymmetric flight to LSALT while on climb to cruising altitude/level and complying with SID or SRD graphic depiction or narrative requirements in IMC/simulated IMC under IFR.
Element IF22.1 Determine applicable standard take off minima

Determine take off ceiling and visibility minima for take off from the aerodrome by interpreting AIP or DAP East and West. Determine whether and engine failure after take off in IMC will require a return to the departure aerodrome and if a return is required, select a higher take off minima which will allow the return to be made using an instrument or visual approach. Determine from aircraft take off and climb performance charts that obstacle clearance can be maintained in the take off area and that the minimum design climb gradient of the SID or SRD and any additional specified gradients can be met and procedure is able to ensure obstacle and terrain clearance in event of engine failure. Climbs to cruising altitude/level in IMC/simulated IMC from standard take off ceiling (300 ft) in accordance with specified tracking and altitude requirements of the SID or SRD procedure after take off. Ensures obstacle and terrain clearance is maintained below LSALT. Performs all required radio transmissions in accordance with AIP. Controls aircraft, identifies and confirms engine failure and manages simulated engine failure after take off in simulated IMC from 300 feet to the following tolerances: maintains heading ( 20 initially then 5, from datum heading). maintains initial climb not less than best single-engine angle of climb speed (Vxse) or best single-engine rate of climb speed Vyse (+5 -0 kts) until clear of obstacles, then Vyse ( 5 kts). level flight ( 100 ft and 0 +100 ft at minima)
IF22.2 Determine obstacle clearance requirements for take off
IF22.3 Take off and climb to cruising level using SID and/or SRD procedure
IF22.4 Manage engine failure after take off
Decides to continue climb or return to aerodrome.
Range of Variables

Approved single-engine or multi-engine aircraft or synthetic training device. Single pilot or multi-crew. IMC or VMC with simulated IMC conditions. Fitted flight instruments suitable for instrument flight. Navigation and approach aids appropriate to rating sought. A method of simulating IMC. Autopilot/FMS. Simulation of emergency and abnormal procedures. Simulated icing conditions. Simulated hazardous weather. For underpinning knowledge applicable to a multi-engine Standard Instrument Departure Flight Procedure Endorsement refer to Unit 19 of the instrument rating knowledge requirements.

Unit IF25: Instrument Approach and Missed Approach with Simulated Engine Failure in a Multi-Engine Aeroplane Flight Standard
Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to conduct an instrument approach and published missed approach and maintain control an aeroplane during asymmetric flight in IMC/simulated IMC under the IFR.
Element IF25.1 Simulate engine failure during instrument approach procedure

Identifies and confirms a simulated engine failure during an instrument approach in a multi-engine aircraft and controls the aircraft. Performs one engine inoperative procedures in accordance with the Flight Manual/POH, Company Operations Manual. Performs the one engine inoperative instrument approach within the tolerances specified in AIP and the following tolerances: Maintains track (1/2 scale CDI-5). heading 20 initially then 5 from datum; IAS +5-0 kts) VYSE, then 10 kts or M.02; and height 100 ft; at MDAs +100 0 ft. Aeroplane
IF25.2 Conduct missed approach with simulated engine failure
Identifies and confirms a simulated engine failure in a multi-engine aircraft during a missed approach and controls the aircraft. Performs, with one engine inoperative the published missed approach from the MAPT in accordance with Flight Manual/POH, Company Operations Manual to the following tolerances: Aeroplane heading 20 initially then 5 from datum; IAS +5-0 kts) VYSE, then 10 kts or M.02; and height 100 ft; at MDAs +100 0 ft.
Range of Variables

Approved single-engine or multi-engine aircraft or synthetic training device. Single pilot or multi-crew. IMC or VMC with simulated IMC conditions. Fitted flight instruments suitable for instrument flight. Navigation and approach aids appropriate to rating sought. A method of simulating IMC. Autopilot/FMS. Simulation of emergency and abnormal procedures. Simulated icing conditions. Simulated hazardous weather.

Underpinning Knowledge Failed Engine Operations

Define VMCA. State the minimum control speed airborne (VMCA3 and VMCA2) for the aircraft. Explain the safety implications of asymmetric flight below VMCA. Explain the power, flight and configuration requirements that apply to VMCA. Identify the critical engine. Explain the methods of regaining control of an aircraft with a failed engine, that is flying at a speed less than VMCA. Calculate V1 for any specified take-off conditions. State the conditions that would increase V1. Explain what performance the aircraft can achieve after reaching V2 during asymmetric flight. Calculate initial rate of climb and climb gradient for one engine inoperative after take-off for specified conditions. Explain markings on the air speed indicator that apply to failed engine operations. Calculate fuel flow and true air speed with one engine inoperative. Determine if the range of the aircraft increases or decreases following an engine failure. Calculate point of no return (PNR) for one engine inoperative with maximum fuel (CPL and ATPL). Calculate equi time point (ETP) for one engine inoperative with maximum fuel (CPL and ATPL).

Unit: IF26 Multi-Engine Aeroplane (MPL) Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to extract and interpret required performance information to calculate aeroplane weight and balance; to calculate take-off, climb, cruise, descent, landing and emergency flight performance; and to control a multi-engine aeroplane and operate all aeroplane systems in normal and abnormal flight in accordance with Flight Manual/POH.
Element IF26.1 Extract, interpret, calculate and apply normal and abnormal flight performance information
Extracts approved flight performance information from Flight Manual/POH, interprets and applies the information to calculate aircraft take-off and landing weight, centre of gravity and take-off and landing performance. Extracts flight performance information from Flight Manual/POH, interprets and applies the information to the phase of flight and calculates aircraft performance during normal flight operations. Applies performance information to calculate fuel requirements. Extracts flight performance information from Flight Manual/POH, interprets and applies the information to failed engine(s) operations during any phase of flight. Assesses weather and traffic conditions and terrain and formulates a plan that can be implemented following an engine failure after takeoff to achieve the safest outcome. Determines asymmetric performance for the cruise phase of flight, analyses weather and terrain conditions and formulates a plan that can be implemented following an engine failure during any stage of cruise flight to achieve the safest outcome. Maintains situation awareness of aircraft position, altitude, configuration and weather during approach and formulates a plan that includes actions before and after visual committal height that can be implemented following an engine failure on approach to achieve the safest outcome. Controls multi-engine aircraft in all phases of normal flight to the appropriate standards specified for a private or commercial aeroplane pilot in the Day VFR (Aeroplane) Syllabus. Operates all aircraft systems, equipment and engines in accordance with Flight Manual/POH Controls aeroplane. Identifies and confirms abnormal or emergency situation. Performs appropriate abnormal or emergency procedures in accordance with Flight Manual/POH and published procedures. Advises ATS or another agency capable of assistance of situation and intentions. Self-briefs or briefs crew members, stating a plan of action that will ensure the safest outcome in the event of an engine failure. Maintains control of aeroplane, identifies and confirms failed engine(s) and shuts down failed engine(s) following engine failure during any phase of flight, in accordance with Flight Manual/POH. Operates aircraft in accordance with Flight Manual/POH during flight with failed engine(s).
IF26.2 Plan for asymmetric operations after take-off, during cruise and approach phases of flight
Engine failure after take-off
Engine failure during cruise
Engine failure during visual and instrument approach
IF26.3 Operate multi-engine aeroplane (land) in all phases of flight
IF26.4 Manage abnormal or emergency situations in multi-engine aeroplane (land)
IF26.5 Manage engine failure in multi-engine aeroplane (land)

Engine failure in flight (sequence of actions may be varied)

Controls aircraft. Sets power on serviceable engine(s) to ensure desired aircraft performance. Shuts down failed engine(s) in accordance with Flight Manual/POH. Configures aircraft to achieve minimum drag. Controls aircraft without sideslip (1/2 ball out towards the lowered wing) or balances aircraft when applicable. Maintains indicated airspeed at or above VMCA. Climbs aircraft at VYSE if applicable. Lands aircraft at nearest appropriate landing area. Recognises and identifies cause for rejecting take-off. Decides to reject take-off. Controls aircraft and maintains aircraft on runway. Closes throttle(s). Applies braking and other fitted retardation devices and stops aircraft in runway distance available. Performs engine shutdown or abnormal procedures in accordance with Flight Manual/POH or Company Operations Manual. Controls aircraft. Ensures maximum take-off power is applied to serviceable engine(s). Identifies failed engines and confirms failure. Feathers propeller (as applicable) and shuts down failed engine(s) in accordance with Flight Manual/POH. Configures aircraft to achieve minimum drag. Controls aircraft without sideslip (1/2 ball out towards the lowered wing) or balances aircraft when applicable. Maintains aircraft at or above VMCA. Climbs aircraft at VYSE. Lands aircraft at nearest appropriate landing area.
Rejected take-off

Engine failure after take-off

Manage engine failure after take-off below TOSS aircraft will not accelerate or climb

Controls aircraft. Sets power as required to manoeuvre aircraft to most suitable area to land. Determines visual committal height (consider 300 ft AGL). Initiates go-around at or above visual committal height. Controls aircraft. Applies maximum take-off power. Configures aircraft to achieve minimum drag. Maintains VYSE. Climbs to a safe height. Reassesses situation for landing.
Perform overshoot from visual committal height

Manage engine failure below visual committal height

Controls aircraft. Lands aircraft.
Range of Variables

Day VFR/IFR. Approved multi-engine aeroplane with dual controls, electronic intercom and dual control brakes. Aerodromes. Appropriate surfaces. Simulated emergencies. Simulated hazardous weather.
Underpinning Knowledge General aircraft data

Recall make, type and model of aircraft, designation of engines, take-off and rated power.
Explain the relationship between take-off distance available and aircraft weight to accelerate stop distance. Airspeed and load limitations Recall and apply all stated airspeed limitations including: VNO, VA, VX and VY, VNE, VFE, VLO, VLE, VLO2 (landing gear operations down), maximum crosswind, turbulence penetration speed and maximum load factor.
Determine and apply accelerate/stop distance. Weight, balance and performance

Calculate take-off weight. State maximum take-off weight. State maximum take-off weight, landing weight, ramp weight and zero fuel weight. Calculate centre of gravity position for any specified conditions. State centre of gravity limitations. Use appropriate charts to determine centre of gravity. Apply calculated centre of gravity position and confirm it is within limits. Relate mean aerodynamic chord to loading, fuel used and retraction or extension of undercarriage, reference point and turning moment in mm/kg, if applicable. Calculate take-off distance for any specified conditions. Calculate landing distance for any specified conditions.
Explain the procedures for landing on a wet or contaminated runway. Failed engine operations Multi-engine aeroplane less than 5700Kg
Define VMCA. Explain why VMCA demonstrations and practice should not be conducted below 3000 ft or higher AGL. State the minimum control speed airborne (VMCA) for the aircraft type flown. Explain the safety implications of asymmetric flight below VMCA. Explain the power, flight and configuration requirements that apply to VMCA. Identify the critical engine. Explain the methods of regaining control of an aircraft with a failed engine that is flying at a speed less than VMCA. Explain the relationship between VMCA at altitude and VS1 (clean stall speed), and the potential dangers of this condition of flight. Explain why asymmetric stalling and asymmetric stall recoveries should never be practiced. Explain the primary reason for VYSE. Explain the performance implications of flying below or above VYSE following an engine failure.

Explain the parameters that apply to VSSE and the factors that are taken into account in calculating this speed. Explain why simulated engine failures after take-off are not conducted below VSSE Calculate initial rate of climb and climb gradient for one engine inoperative after take-off for specified conditions. Explain markings on the airspeed indicator that applies to asymmetric engine operations. Calculate fuel flow and true airspeed with one engine inoperative. Determine if the range of the aircraft increases or decreases following an engine failure. Calculate PNR for one engine inoperative with maximum fuel (CPL and ATPL). Calculate ETP for one engine inoperative with maximum fuel (CPL and ATPL). Calculate V1 for any specified take-off conditions.
Multi-engine aeroplane with Large Aeroplane Performance

State the conditions that would increase V1. Explain what performance the aircraft can achieve after reaching V2 during asymmetric flight.

Unit TR1: Preflight Procedures Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to complete the preflight tasks to prepare an aircraft for flight in accordance with Flight Manual/POH.
Element TR1.1 Conduct preflight inspection
Completes external and internal preflight inspections in accordance with Flight Manual/POH or Company Operations Manual and determines serviceability of aircraft in accordance with published specifications. Interprets and complies with minimum equipment list requirements. Uses approved checklists or procedures in accordance with Flight Manual/POH or Company Operations Manual. Coordinates with ground crew to ensure clearances prior to operating any aircraft controls, doors and hatches whenever personnel may be adversely affected. Ensures removal of all aircraft locking devices. Operates aircraft systems in accordance with Flight Manual/POH, approved checklist or Company Operations Manual. Determines that the aircraft is airworthy for flight and takes corrective action in the event of discrepancies. Inspects the general area around the aircraft and identifies and eliminates hazards to the safety of the aircraft and personnel. Extracts and interprets flight performance information from approved Flight Manual/POH/FMS. Determines the following: aircraft take-off weight, zero fuel weight, landing weight and centre of gravity aircraft take-off performance aircraft performance for all phases of flight aircraft performance applicable to abnormal operations aircraft performance for engine inoperative operations during all phases of flight.
TR1.2 Extract preflight performance data
Sets flight instrumentation in accordance with Company Operations Manual (i.e. airspeed bugs, headings etc). Starts engine(s) in accordance with Flight Manual/POH, including the following: use of auxiliary power unit (APU) or alternative starting sources when applicable various atmospheric conditions normal and non-normal starting limitations actions in the event of a malfunction
TR1.3 Start engine(s)
Complies with starter limitations. Complies with ground safety procedures during before-start, start and after-start phases. Utilises the appropriate ground crew during the start procedures, when appropriate. Completes all items of the start procedures in accordance with the approved checklist during before-start, start and after-start phases. Manages occurrences where specific instructions or checklist items are not published.

TR1.4 Taxi aircraft
Requests ATC clearances or makes mandatory air traffic broadcast in accordance with AIP. Pushes back or powers back aircraft safely in accordance with specified procedures. Confirms serviceability of brakes, after park brake release and before taxiing. Maintains control of aircraft during taxi or while operating aircraft equipped with float devices, and controls the aircraft during water taxiing, sailing, step taxi, approaching a buoy and docking operations. Divides attention appropriately between inside and outside the flight deck, to ensure maintenance of control while taxiing and completion of cockpit procedures and checklists in accordance with Company Operations Manual. Checks instruments in a suitable area clear of traffic and other hazards. Interprets and complies with taxiway, lighting and other aerodrome and marine markings. Note: In the absence of markings, the aircraft is maintained in the centre of the taxiway and at a safe distance from obstacles. Maintains lookout and right-of-way rules and complies with any ATC or marshalling instructions when applicable. Adjusts taxi speed to suit aircraft type, surface conditions, congestion, and maintenance of control; and avoids collision with personnel, obstacles or other aircraft. Applies flying controls, power and brakes to maintain the aircraft on the taxiway centreline (1.5 metres of centreline) while compensating for wind and surface conditions. Performs pre-take-off checklist in accordance with Flight Manual/POH or Company Operations Manual and confirms all systems are within normal operating range. Confirms aircraft configuration is safe for take-off. Confirms critical airspeeds (airspeeds/V-speeds) are set and/or displayed in accordance with Flight Manual/POH or Company Operations Manual. Confirms flight director, autopilot controls and navigation and communication equipment set in accordance with Flight Manual/POH or Company Operations Manual. Performs pre-take-off briefing in accordance with Company Operations Manual, including: departure procedures actions in the event of non-normal or emergency situations.
TR1.5 Conduct pre-take-off checks
Obtains and interprets the take-off and departure clearance issued by ATC. Confirms prior to entering runway, that aircraft is positioned on specified or appropriate taxiway. Ensures final approach path is clear of conflicting traffic on specified or appropriate runway.

Range of Variables

Day and night VFR or IFR. Approved multi-engine multi-crew aircraft fitted with piston, diesel, turbine or turbine propeller engines. Approved flight simulator. Aerodromes. Simulated abnormal or emergency situations. Simulated hazardous weather.

Unit TR2: Take-Off and Departure Procedures Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to carry out take-off and departure procedures as pilot in command of a multi-crew aircraft during visual, instrument and night conditions in normal and non-normal and emergency situations in accordance with Flight Manual/POH.
Element TR2.1 Conduct normal and crosswind take-off

Identifies and avoids any surface conditions, obstructions, aircraft cleared for LAHSO or other hazards that might hinder a safe take-off. Verifies and applies correction for the existing wind component to the take-off performance. Completes required checks prior to starting take-off to verify the expected engine performance. Completes all pre-take-off checks as specified in the approved checklist. Aligns aircraft on the centreline of the specified or appropriate runway. Controls aircraft to maintain longitudinal alignment on the centreline of the runway prior to initiating and during the take-off and climb 5 of desired heading except for curved departure. Sets and adjusts engine controls in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. Monitors engine controls, settings and instruments during take-off to ensure all predetermined parameters are maintained. Adjusts the controls to set the desired pitch attitude at the predetermined airspeed/V-speed to attain the desired performance for the applicable take-off segment. Performs the required pitch changes at the specified airspeed/V-speed, and as appropriate performs or calls for and verifies the accomplishment of the following in accordance with the tolerances specified in Flight Manual/POH: gear and flap retractions power adjustments other pilot activities peculiar to the aircraft type.
Complies with the applicable noise abatement and wake turbulence procedures as required. Calls for and verifies the completion of the appropriate checklist items. Maintains the climb segment airspeed/V-speeds 5 kts of specified airspeed.

Element TR2.2 Conduct instrument takeoff (IFR rated pilots only)

Ensures aircraft is aligned with specified or appropriate runway. Determines the minimum visibility required for an instrument departure applicable to the aircraft type. Considers and plans for operational factors that could adversely affect the safety of the manoeuvre, including: take-off configuration warning systems or other aircraft characteristics runway length surface conditions wind wake turbulence obstacles engine failure procedures throughout each segment other factors pertinent to the aircraft or airfield.
Completes and confirms the appropriate checklist items to ensure the aircraft systems applicable to the instrument take-off are operating correctly. Sets applicable radios and flight instruments to the desired setting prior to initiating the take-off. Sets and adjusts engine controls in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. Controls aircraft to maintain longitudinal alignment on the centreline of the runway prior to initiating and during the take-off and climb 5 of desired heading. Transitions from visual meteorological conditions to actual or simulated instrument meteorological conditions without loss of control of the aircraft. Maintains the appropriate climb attitude. Complies with the appropriate airspeeds/V-speeds and climb segment airspeeds 5 kts. Complies with ATC clearances and instructions.

Element TR2.3 Manage engine failure during take-off
Considers and plans for operational factors that could adversely affect the safety of the manoeuvre, including: take-off configuration warning systems or other aircraft characteristics runway length surface conditions wind wake turbulence obstacles engine failure procedures throughout each segment other factors pertinent to the aircraft or airfield.
Completes required checks prior to starting take-off to verify the expected engine performance. Completes all pre-take-off checks as specified in the approved checklist. Aligns aircraft on the centreline of the specified or appropriate runway. Controls aircraft to maintain longitudinal alignment on the centreline of the runway prior to initiating and during the take-off and climb 5 of desired heading, except for curved departure. Sets and adjusts engine controls in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. Continues the take-off and performs the required pitch changes at the specified airspeed/V-speed +5 kts, and as appropriate performs or calls for and verifies the accomplishment of the following in accordance with the tolerances specified in Flight Manual/POH: gear and flap retractions power adjustments other pilot activities peculiar to the aircraft type.
Failure at or after V1
Complies with obstacle clearance departure procedure.

Element TR2.4 Perform rejected take-off
Considers and plans for operational factors that could adversely affect the safety of the manoeuvre, including: take-off configuration warning systems or other aircraft characteristics runway length surface conditions wind obstructions aircraft cleared for LAHSO.
Completes all pre-take-off checks as specified in the approved checklist. Aligns aircraft on the centreline of the specified or appropriate runway. Sets and adjusts engine controls in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. Controls aircraft to maintain longitudinal alignment on the centreline of the runway. Aborts the take-off prior to V1 or at a point during the take-off where the abort procedure can be initiated and the aircraft stopped on the remaining runway/stopway. Reduces power rapidly. Activates spoilers, prop reverse, thrust reverse, wheel brakes and other drag and braking devices as appropriate in accordance with Flight Manual/POH, maintaining positive control in a manner to bring the aircraft to a safe stop. Initiates and completes appropriate engine failure or other procedures and/or checklists as specified in Flight Manual/POH. Prepares current and appropriate navigation publications for the proposed flight. Selects and uses the appropriate communications frequencies, and selects and identifies the navigation aids associated with the proposed flight. Performs appropriate checklist items from approved checklist. Establishes communications with ATC, using proper phraseology. Complies in a timely manner with all instructions and airspace restrictions. Demonstrates/describes two-way radio communications failure procedures. Intercepts all courses, radials and bearings to ensure compliance with specified tracking procedures or route clearance or as directed by ATC. Maintains the appropriate airspeed within 10 kts, headings within 10, altitude within 100ft and tracks all courses, radials or bearings to the beginning of the en route phase.
TR2.5 Conduct departure procedure

Element Range of Variables

Day and night VFR or IFR. Approved multi-engine multi-crew aircraft fitted with piston, diesel, turbine or turbine propeller engines. Single-engine aircraft specified by CASA for type rating. Approved flight simulator. Aerodromes. Sealed, gravel or grass surfaces. Simulated abnormal or emergency situations. Simulated hazardous weather. Engine failure during takeoff (VFR and IFR pilots): For a rejected takeoff, the simulated engine failure should occur before reaching 50% VMCA. For aircraft with published V1, VR and/or V2 speeds, the failure of the most critical engine should be simulated at a point: after V1 and prior to V2 if in the opinion of the examiner it is appropriate under the prevailing conditions; or as close as possible after V1 when V1 and V2 or V1 and VR are identical.
For aircraft for which no V1, VR and/or V2 speeds are published, the failure of the most critical engine should be simulated at a point after reaching a minimum of VYSE and if accomplished in the aircraft at an altitude not lower than 500 ft AGL,
Underpinning Knowledge Normal and crosswind take-off
Explain normal and crosswind take-offs and climbs procedures, including airspeeds, configurations, method of drift allowance, setting of flight instruments and non-normal/emergency procedures. Explain instrument take-off procedures, including minimum take-off visibility requirements, crew coordination and briefing procedure, setting of flight instruments and non-normal/emergency procedures. Engine failure during take-off. Explain the procedures used during engine failure on take-off, the appropriate reference airspeeds, and the specific pilot actions required. Explain the technique and procedure for carrying out a rejected take-off after an engine/system(s) failure/warnings, including related safety factors. Explain the departure procedures, en route low and high altitude charts, STARs and related pilot/controller responsibilities.
Instrument take-off (IFR pilots only)

Rejected takeoff
Departure procedures

Unit TR3: In-Flight Procedures Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to operate as pilot in command of a multi-crew aircraft during visual day, instrument and night conditions in normal and non-normal or emergency situations in accordance with Flight Manual/POH.
Element TR3.1 Conduct steep turns

Completes airspace cleared procedure. Performs level steep turn of nominated bank angle (4560, 5) and speed (10 kts) without altitude change (100 ft). Performs descending steep turn of nominated bank angle (4560, 5) at a nominated speed (10 kts) to a nominated heading or geographical feature through a minimum of 500 ft height loss. Exits on specified heading or geographical feature (10). Balances aircraft. Trims aircraft prior to commencing turn. Performs pre-manoeuvre checks. Recognises airframe buffet and control ineffectiveness symptoms and visual and aural stall warning devices while approaching the stall. Recognises the approach to the stall during any phase of flight and adjusts attitude and power settings to resume normal balanced flight before stall entry. Stalls aircraft while maintaining balanced flight. Observes control column/stick position at point of departure from intended flight path (stall). Adjusts aircraft stick position to unstall wing and power setting to resume normal balanced flight on advent of stall. Recovers from stall using full power. Recovers from stall during straight and level, climbing, descending and approach configuration flight. Recovers from stall during a turn. Balances aircraft. Achieves height loss consistent with aircraft type.
TR3.2 Recover from approach to stall and developed stall
Recognise approach to stall

Recover aircraft before stall entry
Stall aircraft

Recover from stall with minimum loss of height


TR3.3 Manage engine failure in flight and restart engine
Following an engine(s) failure
Controls aircraft to the following tolerances: heading 20 initially, then 5 altitude 100 ft at engine(s) inoperative ceiling or lower altitude IAS 10 kts of nominated airspeed.
Adjusts power to maintain nominated performance and reduces drag when appropriate. Trims aircraft. Identifies and confirms failed engine(s) in accordance with Flight Manual/POH or Company Operations Manual. Shuts down failed engine(s) in accordance with Flight Manual/POH. Determines nearest appropriate airfield for engine inoperative landing. Analyses engine(s) failure and decides if engine restart is appropriate. Restarts engine(s) in accordance with Flight Manual/POH if appropriate. Identifies specific aircraft flight characteristic applicable to aircraft type. Controls aircraft and manages specific aircraft flight characteristics in accordance with Flight Manual/POH or manufacturers recommendations while complying with any aircraft limitations. Identifies nose-high or nose-low unusual attitude flight condition. Recovers from nose-low or nose-high unusual attitudes by adjusting pitch, bank and power to resume controlled and balanced flight. Applies controlled corrective action while maintaining aircraft performance within limits.
TR3.4 Manage specific aircraft flight characteristics (when applicable)
TR3.5 Recover from unusual attitudes
Range of Variables

Day and night VFR or IFR. Approved multi-engine multi-crew aircraft fitted with piston, diesel, turbine or turbine propeller engines. Single-engine aircraft specified by CASA for type rating. Flight simulator. Aerodromes. Sealed, gravel or grass surfaces. Simulated abnormal or emergency situations. Simulated hazardous weather. Three approaches to stall are required as follows: One in take-off configuration (except where the aircraft uses only zero flap take-off configuration) or approach configuration. One in a clean configuration One in a landing configuration.
Approach to stalls
One of the approaches to a stall accomplished while in a turn using a bank angle of 15 to 30. Demonstrate the feathering of one propeller in any multi-engine aircraft, which can safely be feathered and unfeathered while in flight.
Engine failure in propeller aircraft including turbo props
In multi-engine jet aircraft

Shut down and restart one engine in flight. Feathering or shutdown only performed under conditions and altitudes not lower than 3000 ft and in a position where a safe landing can be made at an established airport in the event difficulty is encountered in unfeathering the propeller or restarting the engine. Below 3000 ft AGL, simulated engine failure will be performed by setting the engine controls to simulate zero thrust. Feathering, shutdown restart and unfeathering procedures may be performed in conjunction with any procedure or manoeuvre and at any locations and altitudes at the discretion of the examiner.
In simulator
Underpinning Knowledge Steep turns
Explain the principles of steep turns in general and those factors applicable to the aircraft type: Performance Wing loading Angle of bank Considerations of the relationship of Mach number and IAS at altitude Stall speed Pitch and power requirements Overbanking tendencies
Approaches to stalls
Explain the factors which influence stall characteristics in general and applicable to the aircraft type, including: Use of various drag configurations Power settings Pitch attitudes Weights Angle of bank.
Explain procedures for resuming normal flight. Explain the flight characteristics and controllability associated with manoeuvring with engine(s) inoperative applicable to the specific aircraft type. Explain the specific flight characteristics appropriate to the aircraft type, for example Dutch roll, effects of icing, etc. Explain the techniques of recovery from unusual attitudes.
Engine failure
Specific flight characteristics
Recovery from unusual attitudes

Unit TR4: Approach and Landing Procedures Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to conduct an approach and landing in a multi-crew aircraft into wind and crosswind during normal and non-normal operations.
Element TR4.1 Conduct normal and crosswind approach and landings

Ensures aircraft is aligned with specified or appropriate runway. Selects aiming point. Establishes the approach and landing configuration appropriate for the runway and meteorological conditions, adjusting the engine controls as required. Maintains a ground track that ensures the desired traffic pattern will be flown, taking into account any obstructions and ATC instructions. Verifies existing wind conditions, making corrections for drift to maintain a precise ground track. Maintains a stabilised approach with the specified airspeed/V-speed 5 kts. Completes a smooth positively controlled transition from final approach to touchdown. Touches down in the touchdown area specified in the Company Operations Manual or within 1500 ft (450 metres) beyond a nominated touchdown point when not specified in the Company Operations Manual. Maintains directional control and crosswind correction during the afterlanding roll. Activates spoilers, prop reverse, thrust reverse, wheel brakes and any other drag/braking devices as appropriate to bring the aircraft to a safe stop within the landing distance available. Completes after-landing checklist in accordance with Company Operations Manual or Flight Manual/POH. Maintains positive aircraft control as recommended by the manufacturer to maintain coordinated flight and keep aircraft trimmed. Sets engine controls and reduces drag as necessary. Verifies the inoperative engine(s). Maintains the operating engine(s) within acceptable operating limits. Follows the prescribed aircraft checklist and verifies the procedures for securing the inoperative engine(s). Proceeds to nearest suitable airfield. Maintains the following tolerances prior to beginning the final approach segment: heading 5 of desired heading airspeed 10 kts of nominated airspeed altitude 100 ft of nominated altitude.
TR4.2 Conduct approach and landing with simulated engine failure
Tracks radials, tracks, courses and bearings. Establishes the approach and landing configuration appropriate for the runway and meteorological conditions, adjusting the engine controls as required.

Element TR4.2 Conduct approach and landing with simulated engine failure (cont.)

Maintains a stabilised approach with the desired airspeed/V-speed 5 kts. Completes a smooth positively controlled transition from final approach to touchdown. Touches down in the touchdown area specified in the Company Operations Manual or within 1500 ft (450 metres) beyond a nominated touchdown point when not specified in the Company Operations Manual. Maintains directional control and crosswind correction during the afterlanding roll. Activates spoilers, prop reverse, thrust reverse, wheel brakes and any other drag/braking devices as appropriate to bring the aircraft to a safe stop within the landing distance available. Completes after-landing checklist items in accordance with the Company Operations Manual or Flight Manual/POH. Decides in the time available to reject the landing for actual or simulated circumstances, notifying ATC when the safety of flight is not an issue. Sets the specified power setting for the flight condition and establishes a pitch attitude necessary to achieve the desired performance. Retracts the wing flaps/drag devices and landing gear if appropriate, in the correct sequence and at a safe altitude, and establishes a positive rate of climb and the appropriate airspeed/V-speed within 5 kts. Trims the aircraft as necessary and maintains the correct ground track during the rejected landing procedure. Completes the appropriate checklist in accordance with Company Operations Manual or Flight Manual/POH. Determines visual committal height (consider 300 ft AGL). Initiates go-around at or above visual committal height. Controls aircraft. Applies maximum take-off power. Configures aircraft to achieve minimum drag. Maintains VYSE or greater. Climbs to circuit height. Re-assesses situation for landing.
TR4.3 Conduct go-around procedure
Perform overshoot from visual committal height


Element TR4.4 Conduct a flapless landing or non-standard flap landing

Selects a runway with sufficient landing distance available for the zero flap or partial flap condition. Maintains airspeed/V-speed for the approach and landing (5 kts). Maintains the correct pitch attitude and flight path for the configuration, gross weight, surface winds and other applicable operational considerations. Touches down in the touchdown area specified in the Company Operations Manual or within 1500 ft (450 metres) beyond a nominated touchdown point when not specified in the Company Operations Manual. Controls aircraft direction after touchdown. Activates spoilers, prop reverse, thrust reverse, wheel brakes and any other drag/braking devices as appropriate to bring the aircraft to a safe stop within the landing distance available. Completes after-landing checklist items in accordance with the Company Operations Manual or Flight Manual/POH.
Range of Variables

Day and night VFR or IFR. Approved multi-engine multi-crew aircraft fitted with piston, diesel, turbine or turbine propeller engines. Single-engine aircraft specified by CASA for type rating. Flight simulator. Aerodromes. Sealed, gravel or grass surfaces. Simulated abnormal or emergency situations. Simulated hazardous weather. Landing and approach to landing procedures: Perform at least three landings with one to a full stop. These landings include the types listed in landing and approach procedures, including a combination, where appropriate, of crosswind and landing from a precision approach or landing with a simulated engine failure. In aircraft with three engines, the applicant must follow a procedure (if approved) that approximates the loss of two engines, the centre and one of the outboard engines. In other multi-engine aircraft the applicant must follow a procedure, which simulates the loss of 50% of available engines, the loss being simulated on one side of the aircraft. The rejected landing may be combined with visual flight or instrument, circling or missed approach procedures, but instrument conditions are not to be simulated below 200 ft. This procedure should be initiated not below 50 ft above the runway and over the runway threshold. This procedure need not be demonstrated for a particular aircraft if CASA has determined that the probability of flap extension failure on that type of aircraft is extremely remote due to system design.
Approach and landing with a (simulated) engine failure multi-engine aeroplane
Go-around procedure (rejected landing)
Landing from a no flap or a non-standard flap approach

Element Underpinning Knowledge
Normal and crosswind approaches and landings
Explain normal and crosswind approaches and landing procedures including: recommended approach angles airspeeds V-speeds configuration performance limitations wake turbulence LAHSO safety factors appropriate to the aircraft.
Approach and landing with a (simulated) engine failure multi-engine aeroplane
Explain the flight characteristics and controllability associated with manoeuvring to a landing with an engine(s) inoperative or simulated inoperative, including the applicable emergency procedures specified by the manufacturer. Aircraft configurations and airspeed/V-speed Explain the rejected landing procedure including: Conditions that dictate a rejected landing The importance of a timely decision LAHSO considerations Correct airspeed/V-speeds Applicable undercarriage, flap and speed schedule for aircraft clean-up. Explain the factors which affect the characteristics of an aircraft when full or partial flaps, leading edge flaps, and any other similar devices become inoperative, including effect on aircraft handling.
Rejected landing
Explain landing from a no flap or a non-standard flap approach
Extract critical airspeeds/V-speeds (including tyre rotation limits) Calculate landing distance required.

Unit TR5: Normal Systems Operations Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to operate as pilot in command of a multi-crew aircraft during visual, instrument and night conditions and operate the aircraft systems, subsystems (equipment) and devices in accordance with Flight Manual/POH and Company Operations Manual.
Element TR5.1 Operate aircraft systems during normal flight
Operates the systems, subsystems (equipment), and devices applicable to the aircraft type in accordance with Flight Manual/POH and Company Operations Manual, including: engine fuel system electrical system hydraulic system environment and pressurisation systems fire detection and extinguishing systems navigation and avionics systems automatic flight control system, electronic flight instrument system, and related subsystems flight control systems anti-icing and de-icing systems aircraft and personal emergency equipment other systems, subsystems and devices specific to the type of aircraft, including make, model and series.
Completes immediate action items and checklist as appropriate to the system.
Range of Variables

Day and night Visual Flight Rules or Instrument Flight Rules Approved multi-engine multi-crew aeroplane fitted with piston, diesel, turbine or turbine propeller engines Single-engine aircraft specified by CASA for type rating Approved flight simulator Aerodromes Sealed, gravel or grass surfaces Simulated abnormal or emergency situations Simulated hazardous weather

Normal systems operating procedures Explain the normal system operating procedures of the aircraft systems, subsystems and devices used to operate the specific aircraft type including: The use of published scans and checklists Immediate action items Warnings Limitations

Unit TR6: Non-Normal and Emergency Procedures Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to operate as pilot in command of a multi-crew aircraft during visual, instrument and night conditions in non-normal and emergency situations in accordance with Flight Manual/POH and Company Operations Manual. Element Performance Criteria

TR6.1 Manage non-normal and emergency procedures
Controls aircraft. Interprets aural and visual indications of non-normal or emergency warnings. Identifies and confirms non-normal or emergency situations. States from memory and performs recall items in accordance Flight Manual/POH or Company Operations Manual. Performs appropriate non-normal or emergency procedures in accordance with Flight Manual/POH and published procedures, including: emergency descent in-flight fire and smoke elimination procedures rapid depressurisation emergency evacuation other emergencies as specified in Flight Manual/POH.
Demonstrates or explains the location and operation of all emergency exits, escape slides or ropes and safety equipment in accordance with Flight Manual/POH, Company Operations Manual or equipment manufacturers manuals. Recognises symptoms of crew incapacitation, assumes and maintains control of the aircraft and provides appropriate assistance to the incapacitated crewmember. Operates all aircraft systems in accordance with Flight Manual/POH and Company Operations Manual.
Range of Variables

Day and night VFR or IFR. Approved multi-engine multi-crew aircraft fitted with piston, diesel, turbine or turbine propeller engines. Single-engine aircraft specified by CASA for type rating. Approved flight simulator. Aerodromes. Sealed, gravel or grass surfaces. Simulated abnormal or emergency situations. Simulated hazardous weather.
Underpinning Knowledge Emergency procedures
Explain the emergency procedures relating to the aircraft type, including: Immediate action items Warnings Limitations Checklists and crew procedures.
Recall phase one actions without error.

Unit TR7: Post-Flight Procedures Flight Standard

Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to operate as pilot in command of a multi-crew aircraft after landing in day and night conditions in accordance with Flight Manual/POH.
Element TR7.1 Complete after-landing procedures

Complies with after-landing taxi, ramp, anchoring, docking and mooring procedures appropriate to the aircraft type. Maintains appropriate spacing from other aircraft, obstructions and persons. Maintains desired track and speed. Complies with instructions issued by ATC. Complies with runway threshold lines, localiser and glide slope critical areas, and other surface control markings and lighting during ground operations. Completes the applicable checklist items and specified procedures in accordance with the approved checklist/POH. Maintains lookout and aircraft control during taxi operations. Performs parking or mooring, docking and beaching procedures in accordance with Flight Manual/POH or Company Operations Manual. Secures the aircraft in accordance with manufacturers specifications or Company Operations Manual. Completes aircraft technical log and maintenance records.
TR7.2 Park and secure aircraft
Range of Variables

Day and night VFR or IFR. Approved multi-engine multi-crew aircraft fitted with piston, diesel, turbine or turbine propeller engines. Single-engine aircraft specified by CASA for type rating. Approved flight simulator. Aerodromes. Sealed, gravel or grass surfaces. Simulated abnormal or emergency situations. Simulated hazardous weather.

Unit TR8: Upset Aircraft Recovery Management (Large Aircraft) Flight Standard
Unit Description: Skills and knowledge to identify unintentional upset aircraft state in a large aircraft and to recover to controlled flight during visual or instrument flight conditions.
Element TR8.1 Identify upset aircraft state
Recognises and interprets aircraft attitudes or bank angles, warning devices and instrument and airspeed indications that represent an upset aircraft state. Identifies upset aircraft state. Confirms upset aircraft state. Disengages autopilot and autothrottle when applicable. Adjusts aircraft configuration when appropriate. Recovers aircraft from upset aircraft state to controlled flight using techniques specified in Flight Manual/POH, Company Operations Manual or other approved sources, including recovery from: stalls aircraft nose attitude exceeding 25 above the horizon aircraft nose attitude exceeding 10 below the horizon angles of bank exceeding 45 low-nose attitude and high airspeeds.
TR8.2 Recover from upset aircraft state
Recovers aircraft within structural and airspeed limitations.
Range of Variables

Large single- and multi-engine aircraft. Approved flight simulators. Visual and instrument flight. Give examples of how potential, kinetic and chemical energy relate to an aircraft in flight. Explain how energy states are manipulated to generate aerodynamic forces that allow an aircraft to be manoeuvred. State the unintended flight conditions of pitch, bank and airspeed that describe upset aircraft state. Explain the physical symptoms that may or may not be evident in a stall. Explain the stall recovery technique during any nominated phase of flight applicable to the aircraft type being flown. Explain the upset recovery techniques applicable to the aircraft type being flown for the following nose attitudes and angle of bank: Nose high, low airspeed Nose high, low airspeed, bank angle exceeding 45 Nose low, high airspeed, aircraft banked Nose low, aircraft at Mmo/Mmo Explain why harsh application of flight controls should be avoided during upset aircraft recovery procedures.

Explain the statement that Full cyclic application of flight controls at airspeeds below manoeuvre speed (VA) may not ensure structural protection for an aircraft.

Appendix 7
Core Stage Achievement Record
NAME:ARN:.. The standard for certification of each element is that all performance criteria for that element are met. Unit C1. English Communication in the Aviation Environment Element Communicate effectively face to face using clear and precise English Instructor/ ARN/ Date Trainee/Date
C2. Manage pre and post flight administration C3. Operate radio
Communicate effectively in voiceonly RT communications using standard aviation phraseology Complete pre and post flight administration Perform preflight inspection Use R/T equipment Maintain R/T equipment Operate transponder Plan fuel requirements Manage fuel system Refuel aircraft Brief passengers
C4. Manage fuel
C5. Manage passengers and cargo
Aid and assist passengers Manage cargo Maintain effective lookout C6. Manage flight Maintain situation awareness Assess situations and make decisions Set priorities and manage tasks Maintain effective communications and interpersonal relationships C7. Threat and error Recognise and manage threats management Recognise and manage errors Recognise and manage undesired aircraft state Prepare chart and flight plan C8. Navigation Comply with airspace procedures Conduct departure procedures

Unit
Element Navigate aircraft enroute Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility Perform lost procedure Perform diversion procedure Use radio navigation aids Execute arrival procedures Start and stop engine
Instructor/ ARN/ Date
Trainee/Date
A1. Control aeroplane on the ground A2. Take-off aeroplane
Taxi aeroplane Carry out pre-take-off procedures Take-off aeroplane Take-off aeroplane in a crosswind Carry out after take-off procedures Climb aeroplane
A3. Control aeroplane in normal flight
A4. Land aeroplane
A5. Execute advanced manoeuvres and procedures
Maintain straight and level flight Descend aeroplane Turn aeroplane Control aeroplane at slow speeds Perform circuits and approaches Comply with airspace requirements Land aeroplane Land aeroplane in a crosswind Perform mishandled landing procedures Enter and recover from stall
A6. Manage abnormal situations
Recover from incipient spin Turn aeroplane steeply Sideslip aeroplane Execute short take-off and landing Manage engine failure after take-off Manage engine failure elsewhere in circuit Perform forced landing Conduct precautionary search and landing Manage other abnormal situations

Unit IF1. Full instrument panel manoeuvres
Element IF1.1 Determine and monitor serviceability of flight instruments and instrument power sources IF 1.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel
Trainee/Date

Aeronautical knowledge and flight training requirements for Core Stage. Aeronautical Knowledge Examination: Examination result: Pass/Fail Date: Instructor: Total (40 hours (maximum 5 hours in approved FSTD)) Actual:
PIC (10 hours including 5 hours are to be cross country) Actual:
Trainee: I have completed the training specified in the elements, which have been certified on this Achievement Record. (Signature) (Date)
Flight Training Organisation: I certify that the trainee meets the all requirements for the Core Stage and has consistently achieved competency in all the units and elements specified. I recommend ________________________________________________ for the flight assessment. Head of Training/Chief Flying Instructor: (Signature) (Date)
Attach this achievement record to the trainees training records and retain at the FTO.

Basic Stage Achievement Record

NAME:ARN:.. The standard for certification of each element is that all performance criteria for that element are met. Unit C1. English Communication in the Aviation Environment Element Communicate effectively face to face using clear and precise English Communicate effectively in voice-only RT communications using standard aviation phraseology Complete pre and post flight administration Perform preflight inspection Perform and certify daily inspection Use R/T equipment Maintain R/T equipment Operate transponder Plan fuel requirements Manage fuel system Refuel aircraft Brief passengers Aid and assist passengers Manage cargo Maintain effective lookout Maintain situation awareness Assess situations and make decisions Set priorities and manage tasks Maintain effective communications and interpersonal relationships Recognise and manage threats Recognise and manage errors Recognise and manage undesired aircraft state Instructor/ ARN/ Date Trainee/Date
C2. Manage pre and post flight administration
C3. Operate radio
C4. Manage fuel
C6. Manage flight
C7. Threat and error management

Unit C8. Navigation
Element Prepare chart and flight plan Comply with airspace procedures Conduct departure procedure Navigate aircraft enroute Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility Perform lost procedure Perform diversion procedure Use radio navigation aids Execute arrival procedures Start and stop engine
Trainee/Date
A1. Control aeroplane on the ground A2. Take-off aeroplane
Taxi aeroplane Carry out pre-take-off procedures Take-off aeroplane Take-off aeroplane in a crosswind Carry out after take-off procedures Climb aeroplane
A4. Land aeroplane
Maintain straight and level flight Descend aeroplane Turn aeroplane Control aeroplane at slow speeds Perform circuits and approaches Comply with airspace requirements Land aeroplane Land aeroplane in a crosswind Perform mishandled landing procedures Enter and recover from stall
Recover from incipient spin Turn aeroplane steeply Sideslip aeroplane Execute short take-off and landing

Unit A6. Manage abnormal situations
Element Manage engine failure after takeoff Manage engine failure elsewhere in circuit Perform forced landing Conduct precautionary search and landing Manage other abnormal situations IF1.1 Determine and monitor serviceability of flight instruments and instrument power sources IF1.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel Perform steep turns Recover from unusual attitudes Recognise failure of attitude indicator and/or stabilised heading indicator Perform manoeuvres using limited instrument panel Recover from unusual attitudes using limited flight instrument panel Re-establish visual flight following inadvertent entry into IMC Possess and use current operational documents Obtain meteorological and NOTAM preflight briefing Plan flight Determine operational and fuel requirements Make flight notification Determine if aircraft meets requirements for IFR flight Conduct daily inspection Conduct preflight serviceability test of flight and radio navigation instruments Complete post flight actions
Trainee/Date
IF1. Full instrument panel manoeuvres
IF2. Limited instrument Panel Manoeuvres
IF3. Management and Operational and Fuel Planning
IF4. Management of Pre and Post Flight Actions

Unit IF5. Compliance with Ait Traffic Rules and Procedures
Element Obtain and comply with airspace clearances Maintain separation from other traffic Communicate using radio Use transponder Manage engine failure
Trainee/Date
IF6. Management of Emergency Procedures
IF7. Task Management IF8: Navigation using Radio Aids (NDB/VOR/DME)
Manage radio communication and navigation aid or navigation system failure Manage electrical /vacuum system failure Manage instrument failure Manage hazardous weather conditions Demonstrate turbulence penetration technique Prioritise tasks Use autopilot Tune, identify and monitor navigation aids Determine position in relation to navigation aids Intercept and maintain desired tracks to and from stations Make station passage Conduct homing procedure Fly arc procedure

Unit IF12: Navigation Using Global Positioning System (GPS)
Element Check GPS receiver operation
Trainee/Date
NVFR3. Operate Aircraft in the Traffic Pattern at Night
Enter, retrieve, edit, delete and activate flight plan and waypoints Determine position and other relevant navigational information from GPS Intercept and maintain desired track to selected WPT Diversion Conduct confidence checks of GPS navigational information Monitor integrity of GPS navigation Respond to GPS messages Taxi at night
NVFR6. Management of Emergency Procedures at Night
Take-off at night Perform circuit and approach at night Land at night, with and without the use of aircraft landing lights Take-off and land at night at an aerodrome remote from ground lighting Make baulked approach Manage engine failure
Manage radio communication and navigation aid or navigation system failure Manage electrical system failure at night Manage electrical /vacuum system failure Manage instrument failure Manage hazardous weather conditions Demonstrate turbulence penetration technique

Unit IF8. Operate the Aircraft at Night During IFR
Element Make visual approach under the IFR at night. Activate PAL lighting. Take-off and land at night at an aerodrome remote from ground lighting. Determine whether an aerodrome is suitable for night operations. Determine that the aircraft is serviceable for flight at night. Taxi at night. Take-off at night. Make visual departure under the IFR at night. Fly enroute under the IFR at night. Land at night, with and without the use of aircraft landing lights. Make baulked approach. Manage electrical system failure at night. Conduct arrival using STAR
Trainee/Date
IF18. Perform Standard Arrival Route (STAR) IF19. Perform Instrument departure (Single-engine)
Determine applicable standard take-off minima Determine obstacle clearance requirements for take-off Take-off and climb to cruising altitude/level under the IFR from an aerodrome which does not have SID and/or SRD procedures Determine applicable standard take-off minima Determine SID and obstacle clearance requirements Take-off and climb to cruising level using SID and/or SRD procedure
IF20. Perform Standard Instrument Departure (SID)

Unit IF9. Visual Circling Approach
Element Determine minima applicable for visual circling for specified instrument approach Conduct visual circling procedure following instrument approach, using appropriate visual cues Conduct missed approach from visual circling Select approach and determine applicable minima Monitor aid signal integrity Determine position in relation to navigation aid Conduct initial approach Conduct holding pattern Conduct instrument approach procedure Conduct missed approach procedure Conduct visual circling procedure following instrument approach, using appropriate visual cues Conduct missed approach from visual circling Select approach and determine applicable minima Monitor aid signal integrity Determine position in relation to navigation aid Conduct initial approach Conduct holding pattern Conduct approach procedure Conduct missed approach procedure Conduct missed approach from visual circling Conduct visual circling procedure following instrument approach, using appropriate visual cues
Trainee/Date
IF10. NDB Instrument Approach
IF11. VOR Instrument Approach

Unit IF15. ILS Instrument Approach
Element Select approach and determine applicable minima Monitor aid signal integrity Conduct initial approach Conduct holding pattern Conduct approach procedure Conduct missed approach procedure Conduct missed approach from visual circling Conduct visual circling procedure following instrument approach, using appropriate visual cues Select approach and determine applicable minima Use appropriate tracking aid and distance information and monitor aid signal integrity Conduct initial approach Conduct approach procedure Conduct missed approach procedure Conduct missed approach from visual circling Conduct visual circling procedure following instrument approach, using appropriate visual cues Select approach and determine applicable minima Select, retrieve and activate approach from database Monitor GPS signal integrity Determine position in relation to navigation aids Conduct initial approach Conduct holding pattern Conduct approach procedure Conduct missed approach procedure Conduct missed approach from visual circling Conduct visual circling procedure following instrument approach, using appropriate visual cues
Trainee/Date
IF16. DME/GPS Arrival
IF13: GPS/Nonprecision Approach

Aeronautical knowledge and flight training for Basic Stage. Aeronautical Knowledge Examination: Examination result: Pass/fail Date: Instructor: PF FSTD: Actual: Total FSTD: Actual: PNF FSTD: Actual:
Flight Training Organisation: I certify that the trainee meets all of the requirements for the Basic Stage and has consistently achieved competency in all the units and elements specified. I recommend ________________________________________________ for the flight assessment. Head of Training/Chief Flying Instructor: (Signature) (Date)

Intermediate Stage Achievement Record

NAME:ARN:.. The standard for certification of each element is that all performance criteria for that element are met. Unit C1. English Communication in the Aviation Environment Element Communicate effectively face to face using clear and precise English Communicate effectively in voice-only RT communications using standard aviation phraseology Plan fuel requirements Manage fuel system Refuel aircraft Brief passengers Aid and assist passengers Manage cargo Recognise and manage threats Recognise and manage errors Recognise and manage undesired aircraft state Prepare chart and flight plan Comply with airspace procedures Conduct departure procedures Navigate aircraft enroute Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility Perform lost procedure Perform diversion procedure Use radio navigation aids Execute arrival procedures Operate as a crewmember (Cooperation) Leadership and management Maintain situation awareness during multi- crew operations Make decisions Instructor/ ARN/ Date Trainee/ARN/ Date
C4. Manage fuel
C7. Threat and error management
C8. Navigation
C9. Manage flight during multi-crew operations

Unit A1. Control aeroplane on the ground A2. Take-off aeroplane
Element Start and stop engine Taxi aeroplane Carry out pre-take-off procedures Take-off aeroplane Take-off aeroplane in a crosswind Carry out after take-off procedures Climb aeroplane Maintain straight and level flight Descend aeroplane Turn aeroplane Control aeroplane at slow speeds Perform circuits and approaches Comply with airspace requirements Land aeroplane Land aeroplane in a crosswind Perform mishandled landing procedures Enter and recover from stall
Trainee/ARN/ Date
A4. Land aeroplane
A6. Manage abnormal situations
Recover from incipient spin Turn aeroplane steeply Sideslip aeroplane Execute short take-off and landing Manage engine failure after take-off Manage engine failure elsewhere in circuit Perform forced landing Conduct precautionary search and landing Manage other abnormal situations

Unit TR8. Upset Aircraft Recovery Management-Large Aircraft IF 26. Multi-engine Aeroplane
Element Identify upset aircraft state Recover from upset aircraft state Obtain, interpret, calculate and apply normal and abnormal flight performance information Operate aeroplane in normal flight Manage abnormal or emergency flight operations Manage engine failure(s) in multi-engine aircraft IF1.1 Determine and monitor serviceability of flight instruments and instrument power sources IF1.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel Perform steep turns Recover from unusual attitudes Recognise failure of attitude indicator and/or stabilised heading indicator Perform manoeuvres using limited instrument panel Recover from unusual attitudes using limited flight instrument panel Re-establish visual flight following inadvertent entry into IMC Possess and use current operational documents Obtain meteorological and NOTAM preflight briefing Plan flight Determine operational and fuel requirements Make flight notification
Trainee/ARN/ Date
IF1. Full instrument panel manoeuvres
IF2. Limited instrument Panel Manoeuvres
IF3. Management and Operational and Fuel Planning

Unit IF4. Management of Pre and Post Flight Actions
Element Determine if aircraft meets requirements for IFR flight Conduct daily inspection Conduct preflight serviceability test of flight and radio navigation instruments Complete post flight actions Obtain and comply with airspace clearances Maintain separation from other traffic Communicate using radio Use transponder Manage engine failure
Trainee/ARN/ Date
IF5. Compliance with Ait Traffic Rules and Procedures
IF6. Management of Emergency Procedures
IF7. Task Management PIFR 2-5: Navigation using Radio Aids (NDB/VOR/DME)
Manage radio communication and navigation aid or navigation system failure Manage electrical /vacuum system failure Manage instrument failure Manage hazardous weather conditions Demonstrate turbulence penetration technique Prioritise tasks Use autopilot Tune, identify and monitor navigation aids Determine position in relation to navigation aids Intercept and maintain desired tracks to and from stations Make station passage Conduct homing procedure Fly arc procedure

Unit IF12: Navigation Using Global Positioning System (GPS)
Element Check GPS receiver operation
Trainee/ARN/ Date
IF8. Operate the Aircraft at Night During IFR
Enter, retrieve, edit, delete and activate flight plan and waypoints Determine position and other relevant navigational information from GPS Intercept and maintain desired track to selected WPT Diversion Conduct confidence checks of GPS navigational information Monitor integrity of GPS navigation Respond to GPS messages Make visual approach under the IFR at night. Activate PAL lighting. Take-off and land at night at an aerodrome remote from ground lighting. Determine whether an aerodrome is suitable for night operations. Determine that the aircraft is serviceable for flight at night. Taxi at night. Take-off at night. Make visual departure under the IFR at night. Fly enroute under the IFR at night. Land at night, with and without the use of aircraft landing lights. Make baulked approach. Manage electrical system failure at night.

Unit IF18. Perform Standard Arrival Route (STAR) IF21: Instrument Departure from Aerodrome Without SID or SRD
Element Conduct arrival using STAR
Trainee/ARN/ Date
Determine applicable standard take-off minima
IF20. Perform Standard Instrument Departure (SID)
Determine obstacle clearance requirements for take-off including compliance in event of engine failure Take-off and climb to cruising altitude/level under the IFR from an aerodrome which does not have SID and/or SRD procedures Manage engine failure after take-off Determine applicable standard take-off minima Determine SID and obstacle clearance requirements Take-off and climb to cruising level using SID and/or SRD procedure Determine minima applicable for visual circling for specified instrument approach Conduct visual circling procedure following instrument approach, using appropriate visual cues Conduct missed approach from visual circling
IF9. Visual Circling Approach

Unit IF10. NDB Instrument Approach
Element Select approach and determine applicable minima Monitor aid signal integrity Determine position in relation to navigation aid Conduct initial approach Conduct holding pattern Conduct instrument approach procedure Conduct missed approach procedure Conduct visual circling procedure following instrument approach, using appropriate visual cues Conduct missed approach from visual circling Simulate engine failure during instrument approach procedure Conduct missed approach with simulated engine failure Select approach and determine applicable minima Monitor aid signal integrity Determine position in relation to navigation aid Conduct initial approach Conduct holding pattern Conduct approach procedure Conduct missed approach procedure Conduct missed approach from visual circling Conduct visual circling procedure following instrument approach, using appropriate visual cues Simulate engine failure during instrument approach procedure Conduct missed approach with simulated engine failure
Trainee/ARN/ Date
IF11. VOR Instrument Approach

Unit IF15. ILS Instrument Approach
Element Select approach and determine applicable minima Monitor aid signal integrity Conduct initial approach Conduct holding pattern Conduct approach procedure Conduct missed approach procedure Conduct missed approach from visual circling Conduct visual circling procedure following instrument approach, using appropriate visual cues Simulate engine failure during instrument approach procedure Conduct missed approach with simulated engine failure Select approach and determine applicable minima Use appropriate tracking aid and distance information and monitor aid signal integrity Conduct initial approach Conduct approach procedure Conduct missed approach procedure Conduct missed approach from visual circling Conduct visual circling procedure following instrument approach, using appropriate visual cues Simulate engine failure during instrument approach procedure Conduct missed approach with simulated engine failure
Trainee/ARN/ Date
IF16. DME/GPS Arrival

Unit IF13: GPS/Nonprecision Approach
Element Select approach and determine applicable minima Select, retrieve and activate approach from database Monitor GPS signal integrity Determine position in relation to navigation aids Conduct initial approach Conduct holding pattern Conduct approach procedure Conduct missed approach procedure Conduct missed approach from visual circling Conduct visual circling procedure following instrument approach, using appropriate visual cues Simulate engine failure during instrument approach procedure Conduct missed approach with simulated engine failure Simulate engine failure during instrument approach procedure
Trainee/ARN/ Date
IF25. Instrument Approach and Missed Approach Multiengine Aeroplane with Simulated Engine Failure
Conduct missed approach with simulated engine failure

Aeronautical knowledge and flight training for Intermediate Stage. Aeronautical knowledge examination: Examination result: Pass/fail Date: PF FSTD: Actual: Total FSTD: Actual: Instructor: PNF FSTD: Actual:
Flight Training Organisation: I certify that the trainee meets the all requirements for the Intermediate Stage and has consistently achieved competency in all the units and elements specified. I recommend ________________________________________________for the flight assessment. Head of Training/Chief Flying Instructor: (Signature) (Date)

Advanced Stage Achievement Record

NAME:ARN:.. The standard for certification of each element is that all performance criteria for that element are met. Unit C1. English Communication in the Aviation Environment Element
Communicate effectively face to face using clear and precise English
Trainee/Date
C7. Threat and error management C9. Manage flight during multi-crew operations
Communicates effectively in voice only RT communications using standard aviation phraseology Recognise and manage threats Recognise and manage errors Recognise and manage undesired aircraft state Operate as a crew member (co operation)
Leadership and management Maintain situational awareness Make decisions
TR1. Preflight procedures
Conduct preflight inspection Extract preflight performance data Start Engine Taxi aircraft Conduct pre-takeoff checks
TR2. Takeoff and departure procedures
Conduct normal and crosswind takeoff
Conduct instrument takeoff Manage engine failure during takeoff.
Perform rejected takeoff Conduct departure procedure

Unit TR3. Inflight procedures
Element
Conduct steep turns
Trainee/Date
Recover from approach to stall and developed stall Manage engine failure in-flight and restart engine Manage specific aircraft flight characteristics (when applicable)
Recover from unusual attitudes
TR4. Land and approach to land procedures
Conduct normal and crosswind approach and landings
Conduct approach and landing with simulated engine failure
Conduct go around procedure Conduct a flapless landing or nonstandard flap landing
TR5. Normal systems operations TR6. Non-normal and emergency procedures TR7. Post flight procedures TR8. Upset aircraft recovery management
Operate aircraft systems during normal flight
Manage non-normal and emergency procedures
Completes after landing procedures. Parks and secures aircraft Identify upset aircraft state
Recover from upset aircraft state

Unit Type rating instrument flight procedures
Element
FPE17 - Standard Arrival Procedure
Trainee/Date
FPE20 - Departure procedure from an aerodrome without a SID
FPE21 - Departure procedure from an aerodrome with a SID or SRD
FPE25/26 - Non Precision Approaches FPE27 - Precision approach and landing

Aeronautical knowledge and flight training requirements for MPL licence issue Aeronautical knowledge examination: Examination result: Pass / Fail Date: ___/___/___
Knowledge Deficiency Report completed Date: ___/___/___ Aeronautical experience requirements Solo Cross-country Flight Time (5 hours) (40 hours) Actual: Actual:
Solo (10 Hours) Actual:
Total (240 hours) Actual: FTD: Total:
I have completed the training specified in the elements, which have been certified on this Achievement Record. .(Signature) Flight Training Organisation: I certify that the trainee meets the all requirements for the MPL application and has consistently achieved competency in all the units and elements. I recommend _______________________________________________for the flight test. Head of Training: ___________________________
Name:
____________________
Signature
___/___/___
Date
Attach this achievement record to the candidates training records and retain at the FTO.

Appendix 8 MP(A)L Flight Assessments Core Stage Core Stage Flight Assessment Standard This section specifies the standards applicable to the conduct of the flight assessment at the completion of the Core Stage. The flight assessment is to be conducted to the standards specified on the Flight Assessment Report Form.
Flight Planning and Preparation Standard The examiner specifies the route for the flight assessment which meets the following requirements: duration of approximately 2.5 hours proceed at least 150 nm from departure aerodrome 1 take-off from an aerodrome other than the departure aerodrome include at least one full stop landing (slowing aircraft to at least taxi speed) complete all planning and preparation for the flight within 1 hour of notification of the task include in a suitable form: planned tracks, distances, levels, headings and estimated time intervals for each leg a fuel plan indicating that sufficient fuel and reserves applicable are carried for the flight As part of the planning process the trainee must also: obtain and use the current aeronautical information publications and charts necessary for the safe conduct of the flight obtain and apply information about availability and serviceability of en route aviation facilities, including aerodromes confirm that the aircraft is airworthy and has all normal and emergency equipment required for the flight all items of flight planning must be demonstrated to the standard specified the trainee must provide the examiner with a copy of the completed flight plan and operational information valid for the proposed flight.

Core Stage Flight Assessment Form
Full name of trainee: Sighted by assessor: Achievement record is complete ------------------------- 1 Aeronautical knowledge examinations passed --------- 1 Trainees log book entries ---------------------------- 1 Trainees flight training records--------1 Flight assessment recommendation ----1 Date:
PASS/FAIL VH-
Assessor name: Signature:
ARN: Flight time:
Indicate the result of the flight assessment for each element as follows: Satisfactory X Unsatisfactory N Not Tested
PREFLIGHT KNOWLEDGE ASSESSMENT X//N Explain the relationship between the flight manual and operations manual Explain or simulate normal and abnormal operation of aircraft systems. Explain operational requirements in all classes of airspace applicable to the planned flight Demonstrate how to access, interpret and apply aviation meteorological forecasts and NOTAMs Determine when there is a requirement to plan for an alternate aerodrome Calculate aircraft weight and ensure balance is within design limitations Calculate take-off and landing performance requirements from given data Determine aircraft equipment requirements and serviceability in accordance with the flight manual Demonstrate safety precautions that must be taken when refuelling an aircraft State the type of fuel and oil that may be used in the aircraft type flown X//N

Core Stage Flight Assessment Report Form

The numbering of flight assessment units/elements in the flight assessment report form refers to the flight standards contained in the Achievement Record. Common Units and Elements C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 English communication in the aviation environment Manage pre and post flight actions Operate radio Manage fuel Manage passengers and cargo Manage flight Threat and error management X//N A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 Aeroplane Category Units and Elements Control the aeroplane on the ground Take-off aeroplane Control aeroplane in normal flight Land aeroplane Execute advanced manoeuvres and procedures Manage abnormal situations* X//N
C8
Navigate aircraft
IF1.1 Determine and monitor serviceability of flight instruments and instrument power sources IF1.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel

Basic Stage Basic Stage Flight Assessment Standard This section specifies the standards applicable to the conduct of the flight assessment at the completion of the Basic Stage. The flight assessment is to be conducted to the standards specified on the Flight Assessment Report Form. Flight Planning and Preparation Standard
The flight examiner specifies the route for the flight assessment, which meets the following requirements: Simulate a non-scheduled air transport flight: proceed at least 100 nm from departure aerodrome include at least 3 take-offs and landings include a landing at an aerodrome other than that of departure include a diversion from flight planned route include operation in Class C airspace complete all planning and preparation for the flight within 1 hour of notification of the task Include on a suitable form: planned tracks, distances, levels, headings and estimated time intervals for each le.g. a fuel plan indicating that sufficient fuel and reserves applicable the operation is carried for the flight As part of the planning process, the trainee must also: obtain and use the current aeronautical information publications and charts necessary for the safe conduct of the flight obtain and apply information about availability and serviceability of en route aviation facilities, including aerodromes confirm that the aircraft is airworthy and has all normal and emergency equipment required for the flight all items of flight planning must be demonstrated to the standard specified the trainee must provide the examiner with a copy of the completed flight plan and operational information valid for the proposed flight.

Basic Stage Flight Assessment Form Full name of trainee: Sighted by assessor: Achievement record is complete---------------------- 1 Trainees flight training records -----------1 Aeronautical knowledge examinations passed------ 1 Flight assessment recommendation -------1 Trainees log book entries ----------------------------- 1 Date: PASS/FAIL VHAssessor name: Signature: ARN: Flight time:
A report was provided to the FTO on each unsatisfactory unit or element, recommended retraining and units or elements to be reassessed. Indicate the result of the flight assessment for each element as follows: Satisfactory X Unsatisfactory N Not Tested
PREFLIGHT KNOWLEDGE ASSESSMENT X//N Explain the requirements for flight crew relating to use of drugs and alcohol Explain fatigue management requirements Explain the relationship between the flight manual and operations manual Explain or simulate normal and abnormal operation of aircraft systems Demonstrate how to access, interpret and apply aviation meteorological forecasts and NOTAMs Determine when there is a requirement to plan for an alternate aerodrome Calculate aircraft weight and ensure balance is within design limitations Calculate take-off and landing performance requirements from given data Explain rules relating to pilot maintenance authorities Determine aircraft equipment requirements and serviceability in accordance with an MEL Demonstrate safety precautions that must be taken when refuelling an aircraft State the type of fuel and oil that may be used in the aircraft type flown X//N

Basic Stage Flight Assessment Report Form

The numbering of flight assessment units/elements in the flight assessment form refers to the flight standards contained in the Achievement Record. C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 IF1 IF2 IF3 IF4 IF5 IF6 IF7 Common and IF/NVFR Units X//N English communication in the A1 aviation environment Manage pre and post flight A2 actions Operate radio A3 Manage fuel Manage passengers and cargo Manage flight Threat and error management Navigate aircraft Full panel instrument manoeuvres Limited instrument panel manoeuvres Management and operational and fuel planning Management of pre and post flight actions Compliance with air traffic rules and procedures Management of emergency procedures Task management Navigation using radio aids IF12 Navigation using GPS A4 A5 A6 IF8 IF18 IF19 IF20 IF9 IF10 IF11 IF15 IF16 IF13 Aeroplane and FPE Units Control aeroplane on the ground Take-off aeroplane Control aeroplane in normal flight Land aeroplane Execute advanced manoeuvres and procedures Manage abnormal situations Operate aircraft at night during IFR Perform standard arrival route Perform instrument departure (single engine) Perform standard instrument departure Visual circling approach NDB instrument approach VOR instrument approach ILS instrument approach DME/GPS arrival GPS/NPA approach X//N
NVFR3 Operate aircraft in the traffic pattern at night NVFR6 Management of emergency procedures at night

INTERMEDIATE STAGE Intermediate Stage Flight Assessment Standard

This section specifies the standards applicable to the conduct of the flight assessment at the completion of the Intermediate Stage. The flight assessment is to be conducted to the standards specified on the Flight Assessment Report Form.
Flight Planning and Preparation Standard

The flight examiner specifies a route for the flight assessment which simulates a scheduled air transport route. Note All items of flight planning must be demonstrated to the standard specified. The trainee must provide the examiner with copies of the completed plans (flight and fuel) and operational information valid for the proposed flight.

Intermediate Stage Flight Assessment Report Form

Full name of trainee: Sighted by assessor: Achievement record is complete ---------------------- 1 Aeronautical knowledge examinations passed ------ 1 Trainees log book entries------------------------------ 1 PASS/FAIL VHAssessor name: Signature: Trainees flight training records -----------1 Flight assessment recommendation -------1 Date: ARN: Flight time:
A report was provided to the FTO on each unsatisfactory unit or element, recommended retraining and units or elements to be reassessed. Indicate the result of the flight assessment for each element as follows: Satisfactory X Unsatisfactory N Not Tested
PREFLIGHT KNOWLEDGE ASSESSMENT X//N Determine aircraft equipment requirements and serviceability for IFR flight Recall and explain the privileges and limitations of an instrument rating Obtain, interpret and apply aviation meteorological forecasts and NOTAMs Recall requirements for alternate aerodrome and holding fuel Obtain and understand current operational information Recall IFR procedures for all airspace categories Correctly interpret DAPs. Recall hazardous weather conditions (turbulence/icing) Recall and explain the importance of crew cooperation and communication Recall and explain management of normal and degraded operation of aircraft navigation and flight instrument systems Recall IFR and approach aid recency requirements Determine take-off and landing performance requirements from given data Calculate that aircraft weight and balance is within limitations for a flight Applicant holds current operational documents and demonstrates competency in their use Understand ERSA normal and emergency procedures Understand requirements for circling approaches Flight plan accurate and complete including ETP/CP Take-off briefing covered abnormal actions and plan
X//N
Intermediate Stage Flight Assessment Report Form

The numbering of flight assessment units/elements in the flight assessment from refers to the flight standards contained in the Achievement Record. Common and IF Units C1 C4 C5 C7 C8 C9 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 IF26 TR8 English communication in the aviation environment Manage fuel Manage passengers and cargo Threat and error management Navigation Manage flight during multicrew operations Control aeroplane on the ground Take-off aeroplane Control aeroplane in normal flight Land aeroplane Execute advanced manoeuvres and procedures Manage abnormal situations Multi-engine aeroplane Upset aircraft recovery management large aircraft X/ /N IF1 IF2 IF3 IF4 IF5 IF6 IF7 IF8 IF9 IF10 IF11 IF12 IF13 IF14 IF15 IF16 IF18 IF21 IF22 IF25 Aeroplane and FPE Units Full panel instrument manoeuvres Limited instrument panel manoeuvres Management and operational and fuel planning Management of pre and post flight actions Compliance with air traffic rules and procedures Management of emergency procedures Task management Operate aircraft at night during IFR Visual circling approach NDB instrument approach VOR instrument approach Navigate using GPS GPS/NPA approach GPS/NPA approach with vertical guidance ILS instrument approach DME/GPS arrival Perform standard arrival route (STAR) Instrument departure from aerodrome without SID or SRD Standard instrument departure using a SID or SRD Instrument approach and missed approach multi-engine aeroplane with simulated engine failure X//N

PRACTICAL IN-FLIGHT SKILL ASSESSMENT Practical in-flight skill assessment Standard This section specifies the standards applicable to the conduct of the flight assessment at the completion of the training and is conducted in an aeroplane of the same type the MP(A)L flight test was conducted in. The assessment must be done only after the candidate has successfully passed the MP(A)L flight test. The purpose of this assessment is to confirm the candidates ability to operate the aeroplane type used in the MP(A)L flight test to the competency standards specified in Appendix 6 of CAO 40.1.8 as set out in the Flight Assessment Report Form. The flight involves base operations only. The flight testing officer will complete an assessment of the candidates performance operating as co-pilot flying the aeroplane completing at least 12 take-offs and 12 landings as pilot flying in normal operations only.

Practical In-flight Skills Assessment Report Form

Full name of Trainee: ______________________ ARN: ___________________________________ Flight Details: Location:_____________________________Date of Flight(s):_________________ Aircraft Type: ____________________ Callsign: _________________________________________ Flight Time: _____ hrs) RESULT PASS / FAIL Number of Take-offs and Landings: _____________________________
Flight Testing Officers Name ___________________________ ARN__________ Signature: _____________________________________________ Date __/__/__
A report must be provided to the FTO on each unsatisfactory unit or element, recommended retraining and units or elements to be reassessed. Indicate the result of the flight assessment for each element as follows: Satisfactory X Unsatisfactory N Not Tested
The numbering of flight assessment units in the flight assessment form refers to the flight standards contained in the Achievement Record. C1 C9 IF5 TR1 TR3 TR5 Units English communication in the aviation environment Manage flight during multi-crew operations Compliance with air traffic rules and procedures Preflight procedures Inflight procedures Normal systems operations /X/N C7 Units Threat and error management / X/N
IF7 TR2 TR4 TR7
Task management Take-off and departure procedures Land and approach to land procedures Post flight procedures
Comments/Observations:

Appendix 9
Reporting Requirements for Training Organisations

1. DATA REQUIRED FOR MP(A)L CLASS AFTER GRADUATION
Approved Training Organisation Details (Accountable organisation): NAME: LOCATION: MPL CLASS NAME: MPL CLASS SIZE: Phase 1 CORE: Average additional aircraft actual flight hours: Average additional FSTD time: Phase 2 BASIC: Average additional aircraft actual flight hours: Average additional FSTD time: Phase 3 INTERMEDIATE: Average additional FSTD time: Phase 4 ADVANCED: Average additional FSTD time: Pilot flying on actual aircraft typeAverage additional number of take-offs and landings Rate of repeat of skill test Skill test pass rate % % hours hours hours hours hours hours
2.
DATA REQUIRED FOR EACH MPL GRADUATE
AS PER ICAO STATE LETTER AN 12/50 07/37 3. MPL LINE CHECK EVALUATION FORM
AS PER ICAO STATE LETTER AN 12/50 07/37

Appendix 10 MPL FLIGHT TEST GUIDE Introduction 1 An applicant for the Multi-crew Pilot (Aeroplane) Licence (MPL(A) must have completed an approved course of training conducted by an organisation approved by CASA to conduct such training. The course must have trained the pilot the level of proficiency and competence necessary to operate under the VFR and IFR as a co-pilot of a multi-engine, turbine-powered, air transport aeroplane certified for operation with a crew of 2 or more pilots. The course graduate is expected to demonstrate the ability to successfully undertake a type-rating test on an appropriate aircraft type. This test will be undertaken at the end of the Advanced Phase of the MPL(A) course. However, unlike candidates who have undertaken CPL(A)/ATPL(A) training, the MPL(A) candidate will not yet hold a professional pilot licence or instrument rating. Therefore, the type rating test will also incorporate appropriate elements of both an initial professional pilot licence test and an initial instrument rating. The test is called the MP(A)L Flight Test. The aim of the flight test is to ensure that the candidate is capable of equivalent levels of aircraft handling and operation as required of a pilot holding an ATPL(A) and will be conducted in a Level D Flight Simulator approved for the purpose by CASA. The candidate will be expected to demonstrate appropriate competence both as Pilot Flying (PF) and as Pilot Monitoring (PM) throughout the flight test. Following successful completion of the test, the candidate will undertake aircraft training with an airline on the same aircraft type. During the aircraft training, the candidate is expected to confirm competence by demonstration of proficiency in all appropriate areas. This aircraft training will be administered by the airline and is regarded as confirmatory i.e. it does not comprise part of the flight test. The flight test is to be conducted over a minimum of 2 simulator sessions. At least 1 session will be dedicated to aircraft handling and at least 1 session will be conducted as a simulated commercial line flight incorporating appropriate aspects of the instrument rating as well as all normal line operations. The flight test must be conducted in a multi-crew environment throughout with appropriate levels of crew cooperation. The demonstration of both technical and appropriate non-technical skills in the form of Crew Resource Management (CRM) and Threat and Error Management (TEM) will be required. The minimum composition of the crew for the flight test will be: (a) the candidate; and (b) a second pilot. This must be either a type rated pilot or a second candidate. At the discretion of the approved training organisation and the candidates, the second pilot may be another candidate. If another candidate acts as the second pilot, the test may be conducted concurrently on both candidates; and
(c) an examiner. This will be a CASA delegate approved for the purpose; and (d) a simulator facilitator. This person will be a simulator instructor or another suitably qualified person nominated by the training organisation. Their role is to facilitate the operation of the simulator during the test in accordance with the requirements of the examiner. The facilitator may also be the examiner, if the examiner is qualified to operate the simulator. Competencies 6 In order to be assessed as suitable for the award of an MP(A)L, the candidate must demonstrate competence when operating as both PF and PM, in the following competency units: (a) perform aircraft operations in normal and abnormal situations. Competency sub-elements are: (i) perform preflight planning and aeroplane ground operations; (ii) perform take-off; (iii) perform cruise; (iv) perform landing; and (v) perform after-landing and aeroplane post-flight operations; and (b) apply human performance principles including the appropriate non-technical skills associated with sound CRM and TEM principles during all of the above competency sub-elements. 7 The detailed exercises required to be undertaken in the flight test are set out in the Schedule below. The instructor(s), who have conducted the candidates training, are required to certify by signature against every manoeuvre the date that the candidate achieved competence in that manoeuvre. The candidate may not undertake the flight test unless all competencies are so certified. The following symbology is used in the schedule: PF Demonstrate competence while acting as PF. The autopilot may be used for appropriate manoeuvres at the candidates discretion but the candidate may be asked by the examiner to demonstrate manual handling capability in any of these manoeuvres. PM Demonstrate competence while acting as PM. In particular, the candidate will be expected to demonstrate a high level of monitoring skill and to demonstrate appropriate assertion and intervention skills if necessary. FS These manoeuvres must be completed in a Level D Full Flight Simulator. FTD These manoeuvres may be completed in either a Level D Full Flight Simulator or a Flight Training Device approved by CASA for the purpose, for example, an approved fully type-representative fixed base simulator. (I) It is mandatory that this element is flown solely by relation to instruments and procedures conducted in accordance with the IFR.
(Manual) It is mandatory that these manoeuvres are flown manually i.e. with the autopilot disengaged. (*) Choice of manoeuvres as specified by the examiner. (#) Where a choice of manoeuvres is indicated, manoeuvres marked # are mandatory. 8 Candidates may make appropriate use of the auto-flight systems in accordance with the aircraft manufacturer recommendations and sponsoring airline operational procedures. During the flight test, the candidate may be required, at the examiners discretion, to demonstrate competence in any manoeuvres, whilst manually flying the aircraft, as well as demonstrating competence in use of any, or all, of the auto-flight systems. The following manoeuvre tolerances indicate the standard of accuracy required in either manual or automatic flight. Minor deviations outside these tolerances will not in themselves constitute a fail provided the candidate corrects promptly and smoothly: Altitude plus/minus 100 ft (instrument approach plus 100 ft minus 0 ft at minima) IAS plus/minus 10 kts Heading plus/minus 5 degrees NDB/VOR Tracking plus/minus 5 degrees ILS Tracking plus/minus half scale (1 dot normal scale or equivalent) RNAV(RNP) within the lateral and vertical RNP limits published for the procedure being flown. In order to pass the flight test, the candidate must demonstrate competence in all mandatory manoeuvres/procedures and all other optional manoeuvres/procedures that comprise the test. The candidate may, at the examiners discretion, be requested to repeat a mishandled manoeuvre/procedure to demonstrate competence. An exercise may be repeated where the technique is correct but the execution may be, for example, outside tracking tolerances or, in the case of a procedure, take an inappropriate time to complete. The underpinning principle is that the successful outcome of a manoeuvre/procedure should never be in doubt. The examiner will complete the test schedule at Annexe A and initial against each manoeuvre/procedure or series of manoeuvres/procedures completed and assign a grade in accordance with the following scale recommended by ICAO. 0 = incomplete or not observed 1 = unsatisfactory 2 = satisfactory but debrief required 3 = standard 4 = excellent A pass in the flight test requires a grade of not less than 2 in any manoeuvre. Upon completion of the test, the examiner will complete the assessment and signature block at the end of the test schedule and advise the candidate of the
10
11

result. The candidate should be comprehensively debriefed regardless of the outcome of the test.

MP(A)L Flight Test Schedule SECTION 1 Predeparture Manoeuvres and Procedures

Manoeuvre/Procedure PF PM Competency achieved on date Certifying Instructor Signature MPL IST Competency Demonstrated on date MPL IST Testing Officer Initials Grade
Preparation for flight including: documentation and flight planning weight and balance minimum equipment list (#) Prestart checks (#)
FS / FTD
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
Engine start normal (#) and with malfunctions (*)
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
Taxiing (#)
FS
FS
Predeparture checks (#)
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
ATC liaison; clearance; compliance (#)
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
SECTION 2 Airwork Aircraft Handling Manoeuvres and Procedures

Manoeuvre/Procedure PF PM Competency achieved on date Certifying Instructor Signature MPL IST Competency Demonstrated on date MPL IST Testing Officer Initials Grade
Takeoff (visual) normal (#) and crosswind (*)

FS
FS
Takeoff (instrument transition on rotation) normal (#) and crosswind (*)
FS
FS
Takeoff with different flap settings and different weights (including max permitted AUW) (*) Engine failures on takeoff at low speed (*); immediately prior to V1 (#); at V2 (*)
FS
FS
FS
FS
Straight and level flight at various airspeeds; flight at and recovery from critically low airspeed (approach to stall) (#) and approach to VMCA(#) (MAN)
FS
FS
Standard rate turns (#) steep turns through 180 degrees at 45*AOB (*) (MAN)
FS
FS
Manoeuvre/Procedure
PF
PM
Competency achieved on date
Certifying Instructor Signature
MPL IST Competency Demonstrated on date
MPL IST Testing Officer Initials
Grade
High speed/altitude effects appropriate to type e.g. Mach buffet (#); Dutch Roll (*)
FS
FS
Normal operation of the following systems (incl. Flight Engineer Panel if applicable)
Achievement of competency in normal and abnormal / emergency operation of all systems required
Competency shall be demonstrated in normal operation of all systems and abnormal / emerg operation of all systems marked (#) plus any 3 marked (*)
Engine (incl. prop, if applicable) Normal (#) Abnormal (#) Pressurisation and air conditioning Normal (#) Abnormal (*) Pitot static Normal (#) Abnormal (*) Fuel system Normal (#) Abnormal (*) Electrical system Normal (#) Abnormal (*) Hydraulic system Normal (#) Abnormal (*)
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
Manoeuvre/Procedure
PF
PM
Grade
Flight controls and trim system Normal (#) Abnormal (*) Anti-icing/De-icing systems Normal (#) Abnormal (*)
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
Airborne Collision Avoidance System (ACAS) Normal (#) Abnormal (*) Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS) Normal (#) Abnormal (#) Weather radar Normal (#) Abnormal (*)
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
Landing gear and brakes Normal (#) Abnormal (*) Flaps and slats Normal (#) Abnormal (*)
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
Auxiliary power unit Normal (#) Abnormal (*)
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
Engine shutdown and restart Normal (#) Abnormal (*) Windshear (takeoff and landing) (#)
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
FS
FS
Manoeuvre/Procedure
PF
PM
Grade
Rejected take-off procedure (#) Emergency descent (#)
FS FS
FS FS
Incapacitation of flight crew member (#)
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
Upset recovery (U/As) (#)
FS / FTD
FS/FTD
ACAS event (#) Cruise/Airways Procedures (I) (#) Holding procedures (I) (#)
FS/FTD FS/FTD
FS/FTD FS/FTD
FS/FTD Precision Instrument Approach to minima (with G/P Guidance) (I) (#) (MAN) Non-Precision Instrument Approach to minima (runway aligned without G/P Guidance) (I) (#)
FS/FTD
FS
FS
FS
FS
Manoeuvre/Procedure
PF
PM
Grade
Non-Precision Instrument Approach to minima (without G/P Guidance). Circling Approach. (I) (#) (MAN) APV Instrument Approach to minima (I) (#) Landing normal and crosswind (#) (MAN) Landing with different flap settings and different weights (including max permitted AUW) (*) Go Around from minima with one engine inop (#) (MAN) Go Around from flare (Baulked Landing) (*) (MAN) After landing, shutdown and post-flight procedures (#)
FS
FS
FS
FS
FS FS
FS FS
FS FS
FS FS
FS/FTD
FS/FTD
I certify that ________________________________________________________________________ ARN___________________________________ HAS/HAS NOT passed the Multi-crew Pilot (Aeroplane) Licence Flight Test and has been advised of the result. Signed _______________________________ Name ___________________________________________ ARN _______________________________ Date _________________________________
Multi-crew Pilot Licence Flight Test Standard (Cover Sheet)

Multi-crew Pilot (Aeroplane) Licence Flight Test Report Name of Trainee: ARN: Training Organisation: ARN:
Medical: Expiry Date
DOB:
Test Location: Testing Officer:
Date/Time: ARN:
Aeronautical Knowledge
Knowledge Deficiency Report
Aeronautical Experience
Aeronautical Hours Required Aircraft Solo Total 40 hours 10 hours 5 hours 240 hours
Actual
Cross Country (Solo)
Instrument Endorsements NDB DME/GPS VOR ILS APV
RNAV(GNSS)
Testing Officer Signature:
Trainee Signature:
PASS/FAIL
FTD:
Flight hours:

F2008L04371

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

F2008L04371

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

I, WILLIAM BRUCE BYRON, Director of Aviation Safety, on behalf of CASA, make this instrument under regulation 5.

Civil Aviation Order 40.1.8

Page 1 of 283 pages

(g) states a condition of approval of a training course.

Page 2 of 283 pages

Page 3 of 283 pages

Page 4 of 283 pages

4.4 4.5 4.6 5 5.1 5.2

7 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4

Page 5 of 283 pages

Page 6 of 283 pages

10 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4

Page 7 of 283 pages

14.2 14.3 15 15.1 15.2

16 16.1 16.2 16.3

Page 9 of 283 pages

Page 10 of 283 pages

Page 11 of 283 pages

Page 12 of 283 pages

Page 13 of 283 pages

Page 14 of 283 pages

Page 15 of 283 pages

B. B.1 B.1.1 B.1.2 1 2 2.1

Page 16 of 283 pages

Power plants and systems basics

Page 17 of 283 pages

State the purpose of engine lubrication.

2.3 2.3.1 2.3.2

Engine handling List the causes and effect of detonation.

Page 18 of 283 pages

(b) has an EGT gauge.

2.3.5 2.4 2.4.1

Page 19 of 283 pages

2.5.6 2.5.7 2.6 2.6.1 2.6.2

Page 20 of 283 pages

2.6.6 2.6.7 2.6.8 2.6.9 3 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2

3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.2.3 3.3 3.3.1

Page 21 of 283 pages

(B) (C) (E) (F)

(D) removal of frost and ice; and

Page 23 of 283 pages

Page 24 of 283 pages

Struts, wheels, brakes steering and ground handling points.

5.4 5.4.1 5.4.2

Page 26 of 283 pages

Take-off and landing performance

5.6 5.6.1 6 6.1 6.1.1

List the types of drag which affect a subsonic aircraft in flight.

Page 27 of 283 pages

(d) best glide speed.

6.3 6.3.1 6.3.2 6.3.3 6.3.4 6.4 6.4.1

6.5 6.5.1 6.5.2

6.6.2 6.6.3 6.7 6.7.1 6.7.2

Page 28 of 283 pages

6.7.5 6.7.6 6.8 6.8.1

6.10.1 6.10.2 6.10.3

Page 31 of 283 pages

Determine head/tail, and cross-wind components given W/V and HDG.

8 8.1 8.1.1 8.1.2

Take-off and landing performance

Page 32 of 283 pages

8.2.5 8.3 8.3.1

State the likely results of exceeding aircraft weight limits. Loading

8.4.2 9 9.1 9.1.1